Promoting Spectrum Access for Wireless Microphone Operations, 71702-71731 [2015-28778]
Download as PDF
71702
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 1—APPROVED BUT NOT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE STATUTES AND REGULATIONS—Continued
State effective
date
State citation
Title/subject
173–400–260 ....
Conflict of Interest .........................
3/22/91
EPA approval date
Explanations
6/2/95, 60 FR 28726.
Olympic Region Clean Air Agency Regulations
8.1.6 ..................
Penalties .......................................
5/22/10
10/3/13, 78 FR 61188.
Spokane Regional Clean Air Agency Regulations
8.11 ...................
Regulatory Actions and Penalties
09/02/14
09/28/15, 80 FR 58217.
Benton Clean Air Agency Regulations
2.01 ...................
Powers and Duties of the Benton
Clean Air Agency (BCAA).
Requirements for Board of Directors Members.
Powers and Duties of the Board of
Directors.
Powers and Duties of the Control
Officer.
Severability ....................................
12/11/14
2.06 ...................
Confidentiality of Records and Information.
12/11/14
*
*
2.02 ...................
2.03 ...................
2.04 ...................
2.05 ...................
*
*
*
[FR Doc. 2015–29180 Filed 11–16–15; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560–50–P
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS
COMMISSION
47 CFR Parts 2, 15, 74, 87, and 90
[GN Docket Nos. 14–166 and 12–268; FCC
15–100]
Promoting Spectrum Access for
Wireless Microphone Operations
Federal Communications
Commission.
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
In this document, the
Commission takes several steps to
accommodate the long-term needs of
wireless microphone users. Wireless
microphones play an important role in
enabling broadcasters and other video
programming networks to serve
consumers, including as they cover
breaking news and live sports events.
They enhance event productions in a
variety of settings—including theaters
and music venues, film studios,
conventions, corporate events, houses of
worship, and internet webcasts. They
also help create high quality content
that consumers demand and value. In
particular, the Commission provides
additional opportunities for wireless
microphone operations in the TV bands
following the upcoming incentive
auction, and provides new
opportunities for wireless microphone
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
SUMMARY:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
12/11/14
12/11/14
12/11/14
12/11/14
11/17/15 [Insert Federal
citation].
11/17/15 [Insert Federal
citation].
11/17/15 [Insert Federal
citation].
11/17/15 [Insert Federal
citation].
11/17/15 [Insert Federal
citation].
11/17/15] [Insert Federal
citation].
operations to access spectrum in other
frequency bands where they can share
use of the bands without harming
existing users.
DATES: Effective December 17, 2015,
except for the amendments to
§§ 15.37(k) and 74.851(l), which contain
new or modified information collection
requirements that require approval by
the OMB under the Paperwork
Reduction Act (PRA). The Commission
will publish a document in the Federal
Register announcing the effective date
of the amendments when OMB
approves. The incorporation by
reference listed in the rule is approved
by the Director of the Federal Register
as of December 17, 2015.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Paul
Murray, Office of Engineering and
Technology, (202) 418–0688, email:
Paul.Murray@fcc.gov, TTY (202) 418–
2989.
This is a
summary of the Commission’s Report
and Order (R&O), FCC 15–100, adopted
August 5, 2015, and released August 11,
2015. The full text of this document is
available for inspection and copying
during normal business hours in the
FCC Reference Center (Room CY–A257),
445 12th Street SW., Washington, DC
20554. The full text may also be
downloaded at: www.fcc.gov. People
with Disabilities: To request materials in
accessible formats for people with
disabilities (braille, large print,
electronic files, audio format), send an
email to fcc504@fcc.gov or call the
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
Register
Register
Replaces WAC 173–400–220.
Register
Register
Register
Register
Consumer & Governmental Affairs
Bureau at 202–418–0530 (voice), 202–
418–0432 (tty).
Summary of Report and Order
1. The repurposing of broadcast
television band spectrum for wireless
services set forth in the Incentive
Auction R&O, 79 FR 48441, August 15,
2014, will significantly alter the
regulatory environment in which
wireless microphones operate.
Currently, wireless microphone users
rely heavily on access to unused
channels in the television bands.
Following the incentive auction, with
the repacking of the television band and
the repurposing of current television
spectrum for wireless services, there
will be fewer frequencies in the UHF
band available for use for wireless
microphone operations. The
Commission took several steps in the
Incentive Auction R&O to accommodate
wireless microphone operations—
including providing more opportunities
to access spectrum on the channels that
will remain allocated for television postauction and making the 600 MHz Band
guard bands available for wireless
microphone operations—while also
recognizing that the reduction of total
available UHF band spectrum will
require many wireless microphone users
to make adjustments over the next few
years regarding the spectrum that they
access and the equipment they use. To
facilitate wireless microphone users’
ability to make these adjustments, the
Commission provided that users could
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
continue to access spectrum repurposed
for wireless services during the postauction transition period, under
specified conditions, as they transition
affected services to alternative
spectrum.
2. This proceeding was initiated to
explore steps to address wireless
microphone users’ longer term needs.
The actions the Commission is taking in
this R&O make additional spectrum
resources available to accommodate
wireless microphones users’ needs over
the long term. The Commission’s goal is
to enable the development of a suite of
devices that operate in different bands
and can meet wireless microphone
users’ various needs while efficiently
sharing the spectrum with other users.
I. Background
3. In this proceeding the Commission
uses the term ‘‘wireless microphones’’
to reference wireless microphones and
other related wireless audio devices.
The Commission has authorized
wireless microphone operations in
different spectrum bands to
accommodate the growing use of these
devices by different users. The technical
and operational rules for wireless
microphone operations in these
different bands have varied, depending
on the band, and generally are designed
to enable wireless microphone users to
operate in shared bands along with
other users.
A. Wireless Microphone Operations
4. Under current rules, the
Commission has authorized wireless
microphones to operate both on a
licensed basis, limited to specified
users, and on an unlicensed basis. The
table below sets forth the bands in
which wireless microphones and related
audio devices generally operate today
pursuant to the Commission’s rules.
Licensed/unlicensed
26.1–26.48 MHz (VHF) ..............................................................................
161.625–161.775 MHz (VHF) ....................................................................
Portions of 169–172 MHz band (VHF) .......................................................
88–108 MHz (FM) ......................................................................................
450–451, 455–456 MHz (UHF) ..................................................................
54–72, 76–88, 174–216, 470–608, 614–698 MHz (VHF and UHF) ..........
944–952 MHz (UHF) ..................................................................................
902–928 MHz, 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz (ISM bands) ............................................
1920–1930 MHz (unlicensed PCS) ............................................................
Ultra-wideband (3.1–10.6 GHz) ..................................................................
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Frequency band
Licensed ............................................
Licensed ............................................
Licensed ............................................
Unlicensed .........................................
Licensed ............................................
Licensed and unlicensed ..................
Licensed ............................................
Unlicensed .........................................
Unlicensed .........................................
Unlicensed .........................................
5. Recent actions affecting operations
in the TV bands. Most wireless
microphones users today operate their
devices on a secondary basis in the TV
bands, with most operations occurring
in the UHF TV bands. Recent actions
taken by the Commission in three
proceedings affecting the TV bands
spectrum—which have involved the
repurposing of UHF TV band spectrum
for wireless services in the 700 MHz
band (channels 52–69, the 698–806
MHz band), the development of rules for
TV white space devices in the TV
bands, and the repurposing of the 600
MHz Band following the upcoming
incentive auction—have affected and
will affect the future availability of
spectrum for wireless microphone users
and uses in these bands. These
proceedings inform the instant
proceeding, providing the backdrop for
many of the issues the Commission is
addressing in its efforts here to
accommodate wireless microphone
users and uses both in the near and
longer term.
6. In the Incentive Auction R&O (GN
Docket No. 12–268) adopted in May
2014, the Commission adopted rules to
implement the broadcast television
spectrum incentive auction, which will
involve reorganizing the existing
television band and repurposing a
portion of the UHF television band for
new wireless broadband services, and
which will affect wireless microphone
operations across the current TV bands.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
As part of its decision, the Commission
took several actions to accommodate
wireless microphone operations,
including making rule revisions to
provide additional opportunities for
wireless microphone operations in the
bands that will remain allocated for
television following the incentive
auction, permitting wireless
microphone operations in the newlydesignated 600 MHz Band guard bands,
and providing for a transition period to
give wireless microphone users that will
need to cease operating in the spectrum
repurposed for 600 MHz Band wireless
services sufficient time to replace their
equipment and move operations to other
spectrum bands available for wireless
microphone uses.
7. Finally, concurrent with adoption
of the Incentive Auction R&O, the
Commission adopted the TV Bands
Wireless Microphones Second R&O, 79
FR 40680, July 14, 2014, (part of WT
Dockets 08–166 and 08–167, ET Docket
No. 10–24) to broaden the eligibility for
wireless microphone operations in the
TV bands to include entities that
regularly utilize a substantial number of
wireless microphones for large events
and productions and which have the
same needs for interference protection
as existing low power auxiliary station
(LPAS) licensees. Specifically, the
Commission expanded part 74 LPAS
eligibility to include qualifying
professional sound companies and
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
71703
Rule part
Part
Part
Part
Part
Part
Part
Part
Part
Part
Part
74.
74.
90.
15.
74.
74 and Part 15 (waiver).
74.
15.
15.
15.
operators of large venues that routinely
use 50 or more wireless microphones.
B. Wireless Microphones NPRM
8. In the Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking (NPRM), 79 FR 69387,
November 21, 2014 in this proceeding,
the Commission examined wireless
microphone users’ needs and
technologies that can address them, and
sought broad comment on a variety of
existing and new spectrum bands that
might accommodate those needs in the
future. It presented an overview of
current wireless microphone operations,
and observed that most wireless
microphone operations today occurred
in the TV bands. It also generally
discussed wireless microphone
operations in other bands, both on a
licensed and an unlicensed basis. It
discussed the many different types of
users and uses (e.g., broadcasters, major
sports leagues and theater/
entertainment venues, houses of
worship, conference centers,
corporations, schools, etc.), different
types of wireless microphones serving
specific needs and applications (from
extremely sophisticated, high fidelity
microphones used in a professional
setting, to microphones that do not
require the same level of audio quality
or performance to meet particular
needs), and varying operational
environments (both outdoor and
indoor). It also noted that there had
been many technological advances in
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
71704
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
recent years, and that many operations
were being migrated to bands outside of
the TV bands, including in bands
available for unlicensed operations.
Given that wireless microphones serve
the needs of diverse users for different
types of applications, and make use of
several different frequency bands, it
sought to develop a full record and
framework for how best to accommodate
these needs in the near and over the
long term. In response to the NPRM, the
Commission received nearly 90
comments and 17 reply comments.
II. Discussion
9. In this Order, the Commission takes
several actions to accommodate wireless
microphone users’ needs in the coming
years. Many types of users employ
wireless microphones in a variety of
settings. Wireless microphone
operations range from professional uses,
with the need for numerous highperformance microphones along with
other microphones, to an individual
consumer’s use of a handheld
microphone at a conference or in a
karaoke bar. Through these actions, the
Commission seeks to enable wireless
microphone users to have access to a
suite of devices that operate effectively
and efficiently in different spectrum
bands and can address their respective
needs.
10. As discussed below, the
Commission adopts several changes in
its rules for operations in the TV bands,
where most wireless microphone
operations occur today. With respect to
the TV bands, the Commission revises
its rules to provide more opportunities
to access spectrum by allowing greater
use of the VHF channels and more cochannel operations without the need for
coordination where use would not cause
harmful interference to TV service. It
also expands eligibility for the licensed
use of the duplex gap to all entities now
eligible to hold LPAS licenses for using
TV band spectrum. The Commission
also will require new wireless
microphones operating in the TV bands
and certain other bands to meet the
more efficient analog and digital
European Telecommunications
Standards Institute (ETSI) standards,
which will ensure more efficient use of
the spectrum. In addition, the
Commission addresses consumer
education and outreach efforts that can
help consumers transition out of the TV
band spectrum that is repurposed for
wireless services, and equipment
certification procedures that will apply
to wireless microphones in the future.
The Commission also takes several
additional actions with respect to other
spectrum bands currently available for
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
wireless microphone operations to
enable greater use of these bands to
accommodate wireless microphone uses
in the future. Specifically, it adopts
revisions to provide new opportunities
for such use in the 169–172 MHz band
and the 944–952 MHz band. Finally, the
Commission opens up portions of three
other sets of spectrum bands—the 941–
944 MHz and 952–960 MHz bands (on
each side of the 944–952 MHz band),
the 1435–1525 MHz band, and the
6875–7125 MHz band—for sharing with
licensed wireless microphone
operations under specified conditions.
A. Promoting Technological Advances
11. In the NPRM, the Commission
inquired about advances in the state of
analog and digital wireless microphone
technologies and the extent to which
these technologies could be made more
efficient for different types of
operations, thereby increasing the
number of microphones that could
access a given amount of spectrum. In
particular, the Commission asked
whether it should adopt more spectrally
efficient analog and digital emission
masks for operations in certain bands. It
also sought comment on other
technological advances that could
promote more opportunities for
accommodating wireless microphone
operations in different bands over the
long term—including development of
equipment with replaceable
components, expanding the tunability of
equipment within bands, the
development of multi-band equipment,
the use of databases, or the use of
electronic keys or similar mechanisms.
12. Wireless microphone
manufacturers assert that significant
steps have already been taken to make
for more efficient use of available
spectrum, including the increasing use
of newer digital technologies that can
greatly expand the number of
microphones on a TV channel for many
types of applications that do not require
the highest sound fidelity. Several also
state that more devices are increasingly
being designed for operations in bands
outside of the TV bands, including in
bands permitting unlicensed operations,
and that these new devices can
efficiently and effectively accommodate
many wireless microphone users’ needs.
Wireless microphone manufacturers
generally asserted that adopting rules
that require specific features (e.g.,
modular components, use of multi-band
equipment, requirement for database
connectivity, or use of electronic keys)
are unnecessary and could impair
design features and add costs and
complexities.
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
13. While many wireless microphone
manufacturers explain that they are
already committed to harnessing
technological advances in this area, the
Commission reiterates the importance of
improved spectral efficiency, spectrum
sharing, and flexibility. It expects
wireless microphone manufacturers to
continue to take advantage of
technological advances to promote more
efficient use of spectrum available for
wireless microphone operations. To
further promote efficient use, the
Commission also is taking the step of
adopting the more efficient ETSI
standards for wireless microphones in
several bands, as discussed below. The
Commission also anticipates that future
technological advances will enable
wireless microphones to more
effectively share the available spectrum
resource, and require use of certain
technological advances to protect
incumbent operation when authorizing
wireless microphone users to access the
1435–1525 MHz band spectrum in the
future.
B. Operations in Specific Bands
14. In the sections below, the
Commission addresses the actions that
it is taking in this R&O with respect to
wireless microphone operations in
different spectrum bands. The
Commission discusses each of the bands
on which it sought comment in the
NPRM, and its decisions regarding these
bands and any revisions that it is
adopting.
1. VHF/UHF Television Bands
a. Background
15. The Commission’s current part 74,
subpart H rules authorize operations of
wireless microphones and other LPAS
on a licensed basis in the bands
allocated for TV broadcasting (Channels
2–51, except channel 37). These LPAS
devices are intended to transmit over
distances of approximately 100 meters.
In addition to wireless microphones,
these LPAS devices include such uses
as cue and control communications and
synchronization of TV camera signals.
The Commission’s rules permit licensed
LPAS operations on a secondary, nonexclusive basis. Entities eligible to hold
these LPAS licenses include
broadcasters, television producers, cable
producers, motion picture producers,
and qualifying professional sound
companies and operators of large
venues. Since 2010, the Commission
also has permitted unlicensed
operations of wireless microphones in
the core television bands (channels 2–
51, except channel 37) pursuant to a
limited waiver and certain part 15 rules
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
until such time as final rules for
unlicensed operations under part 15 are
adopted.
16. Under the part 74 LPAS rules,
licensed wireless microphones are
permitted to operate with a maximum
bandwidth of 200 kHz (made up of one
or more 25 kHz segments). In the VHF
band (channels 2–13, which include the
54–72 MHz, 76–88 MHz, and 174–216
MHz frequencies) power levels are
limited to 50 mW, whereas in the UHF
band (channels 14–51, except channel
37, which include the 470–608 MHz
and 614–698 MHz frequencies), power
levels can range up to 250 mW. The
power levels for unlicensed wireless
microphone operations pursuant to
waiver, however, are limited to no more
than 50 mW throughout the TV bands
(both VHF and UHF). Licensed and
unlicensed wireless microphones may
operate co-channel with television
stations at locations that are separated
from television stations by at least 4
kilometers from their protected
contours. In addition, licensed LPAS
users may operate on a co-channel basis
even closer to television stations
provided that such operations have been
coordinated with affected broadcasters.
17. The particular television channels
available for wireless microphone
operations will vary depending on the
specific location. In many instances
these channels also are available for use
by unlicensed white space devices. The
Commission currently designates the
two unused television channels (where
available) nearest channel 37 (above and
below) for wireless microphone uses,
prohibiting white space devices on
those channels. As discussed in the
Incentive Auction R&O, following the
incentive auction, these two channels
will no longer be designated exclusively
for wireless microphones following the
repacking of the TV bands. On channels
where both wireless microphones and
white space devices may operate,
licensed LPAS operators—including the
newly eligible professional sound
companies and venue licensees—will be
able to register to obtain protection from
interference from white space devices
by reserving channel(s), on an as-needed
basis, at specified locations and times of
operation in the broadcast TV bands
databases. In addition, under existing
rules certain qualifying unlicensed
wireless microphone operators can
obtain interference protection from
unlicensed white space devices at
specified times by registering with the
Commission, enabling them to have
their operations included within the
broadcast TV bands databases. The
Commission also indicated that it would
be taking steps in the Part 15 proceeding
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
to make improvements to the
registration system in the TV bands
databases to enable more timely and
effective reservation of channels that
would be protected from unlicensed
white space device operations.
18. As set forth in the Incentive
Auction R&O, the current VHF/UHF
television bands (channels 2–51, except
channel 37) will be reorganized
following the upcoming incentive
auction. As a result of this auction, the
amount of spectrum allocated for
television services will be reduced and
repacked, some of the current TV bands
spectrum will be designated for 600
MHz Band guard bands (including the
duplex gap), and other TV bands
spectrum will be repurposed for 600
MHz Band wireless services. As
discussed below, these revisions will
affect wireless microphone operations,
which currently operate throughout in
existing TV bands, in several ways. In
the NPRM, the Commission sought
comment on wireless microphone
operations with respect to each of these
bands—the TV bands, the 600 MHz
Band guard bands, and the 600 MHz
Band being repurposed for wireless
services.
b. Discussion
19. In this section, the Commission
sets forth part 74 rule revisions to
accommodate licensed wireless
microphone (and other LPAS)
operations in the VHF and UHF
spectrum in the repacked TV bands that
will continue to be available for TV
broadcast services following the
incentive auction. The Commission is
not addressing in this proceeding
certain issues relating to wireless
microphone operations in the TV bands
and in the repurposed 600 MHz Band
since these matters are being addressed
instead in the part 15 proceeding. In
particular, it does not here address the
rules for unlicensed wireless
microphone operations in the TV bands
and the repurposed 600 MHz Band,
which are addressed as part of the Part
15 Report and Order (FCC 15–99, ET
Docket No. 14–165, adopted August 6,
2015 and released August 11, 2015).
Similarly, it does not address in this
proceeding the technical rules for
operations of unlicensed wireless
microphones in the guard bands,
including the duplex gap. Nor does it
address here the technical rules for
licensed wireless microphone
operations in the duplex gap, since the
technical issues relating to their
operations are intertwined with the
technical issues concerning unlicensed
operations in the duplex gap and
protection of licensed operations
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
71705
outside of the duplex gap. Finally, the
Commission addresses revisions
pertaining to the white spaces databases
in the Part 15 Report and Order.
(i) TV Bands
(a) VHF Band Revisions
20. Under the existing technical rules
for LPAS operations under part 74,
licensed wireless microphone users that
operate on a secondary basis in the VHF
band (channels 2–13) operate generally
under the same technical rules as for
operations in the UHF bands. However,
with respect to power levels, VHF band
operations are restricted to no more than
50 mW, well below the 250 mW levels
permitted for operations in the UHF
bands.
21. In the NPRM, the Commission
sought comment on the potential for
expanding use of VHF television
channel spectrum for wireless
microphone operations. In particular, it
asked whether it should revise the
power limits for LPAS operations in the
VHF band to conform to those
applicable for LPAS devices in the UHF
television band. The Commission asked
whether allowing higher power limits
would raise concerns regarding
potential interference to TV stations
operating in the VHF bands or the
wireless video assist devices that
operate in the upper VHF band. It also
sought comment on the minimum cochannel separation distance, and
whether that distance would need to be
increased. In addition, it invited
comment on other rule revisions that
would facilitate more use of this
spectrum.
22. The Commission is revising its
rules to provide more opportunities for
licensed wireless microphone use of
these VHF channels. While the
Commission is not permitting power
levels of up to 250 mW conducted
power, it is revising the rules that
currently measure the 50 mW limit in
terms of conducted power, to specify
the 50 mW limit in terms of effective or
equivalent isotropically radiated power
(EIRP), as suggested by Shure in its
comments. Several reasons inform this
approach. As noted by Shure, specifying
the power levels in terms of EIRP
instead of conducted power will be
particularly beneficial to wireless
microphone users in the VHF band,
where the efficiency of antennas is
lower due to the longer radio
wavelengths. This approach will allow
manufacturers to adjust the conducted
power output of a device to compensate
for low antenna efficiency, thus helping
address wireless microphone operators’
interest in making greater use of this
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
71706
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
spectrum without the need for a larger
antenna. By revising the rules to specify
the current 50 mW power limits in
terms of EIRP, the Commission
addresses the Consumer Electronic
Association’s concerns that wireless
microphone operations do not increase
the potential for interference to TV
broadcasts. This revision represents a
balance in addressing the concerns
raised, and will increase the
performance and usability of wireless
microphones operating on this VHF
spectrum without significantly
increasing the risk of interference to TV.
Specifying the power limit in terms of
EIRP also ensures uniformity in the
maximum radiated power for wireless
microphone operations (licensed and
unlicensed) in the VHF band. The
change the Commission is making does
not necessitate any increase in the four
kilometer separation distance between
wireless microphones and co-channel
TV contours since the Commission is
not allowing any higher EIRP than it
assumed in establishing this distance.
The Commission will accept
applications to certify LPAS devices
under this rule as soon as that rule
becomes effective, and it will require
applications to certify under this revised
rule nine months following release of
the Commission’s (Forthcoming
Channel Reassignment PN) to conform
the date with related certification
requirements the Commission is
adopting.
(b) Licensed Co-Channel Operations
Closer Than Specified Separation
Distances
23. In the Incentive Auction R&O, the
Commission permitted licensed wireless
microphone users to operate closer to
television stations than permitted under
the revised separation distances (i.e., no
closer than 4 kilometers from the
outside of the digital television
contours) provided that they
coordinated their operations with
affected broadcasters. The Commission
noted, however, that several
commenters had proposed to permit
wireless microphone operations on a cochannel basis without requiring
coordination, such as in locations where
the TV signal falls below specified
threshold, where the microphones are
shielded from the TV signals due to
building attenuation, or where no overthe-air television receivers are in
operation.
24. In the NPRM, the Commission
sought to develop a more extensive
record on whether to permit licensed
wireless microphone operations on a cochannel basis closer than the generally
applicable separation distances set forth
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
in its rules, without the need for
coordination, noting its goal to provide
more opportunities for licensed wireless
microphone operations in the spectrum
that will continue to be allocated for
television services to the extent such
operations would not cause harmful
interference to TV operations. In
particular, the Commission proposed to
allow LPAS licensees to operate cochannel with television closer to the
television station than provided by the
separation distance rules in locations in
which the co-channel TV signal is
below a specified threshold. It sought
comment on the suitable TV signal
threshold, and whether other safeguards
would ensure that licensed wireless
microphone operators do not otherwise
cause harmful interference to TV
reception. It limited this proposal to
licensed wireless microphone users,
whom the Commission would expect to
have the requisite wireless microphone
systems, as well as technical and
operational abilities, to be able to
determine the level of the co-channel
TV signals at a given location, and thus
would be able to comply with such a
threshold. The Commission also asked
whether it should require licensed
wireless microphone users to register
their co-channel operations in the TV
bands databases to provide information
to any television licensee concerned
about possible harmful interference. As
an alternative, it sought comment on
whether to permit co-channel licensed
wireless microphone operations in
indoor venues, such as in theaters or
music auditoriums. It also invited
comment on other approaches.
25. The Commission will permit
closer co-channel operations by licensed
wireless microphone operators on any
TV channel where the TV signal falls
below a threshold of –84 dBm over the
entire TV channel, provided certain
conditions are met. Such operations will
be limited to systems operating at an
indoor location, and not in an itinerant
fashion where the signal threshold
could be ever-changing, and the location
is not being used for over-the-air
television viewing. The Commission
also requires that the licensed operators
have the requisite wireless microphone
systems for determining the threshold at
the location, as well as the professional
qualifications for evaluating the signals,
and that the signals be measured where
the wireless microphones would be
operated at the location, and must be
scanned across the full six-megahertz
TV channel; to the extent directional
antennas are employed, they must be
rotated to the place of the maximum
signal at the location. The Commission
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
believes this approach for licensed
wireless microphone operations is
reasonable for several reasons. As
Sennheiser points out in its comments,
the signals would exceed the threshold
of visibility under the Advanced
Television Systems Committee
guidelines. The location of operations is
indoors and contained, and wireless
microphone signals do not generally
transmit beyond very limited distances
(e.g., generally ranging between 100–300
feet) at low levels. In addition, the
Commission expects that there would be
significant attenuation of the wireless
microphone signal, both around the
microphone (e.g., loss because it is
hand-held, or because of body loss) and
as a result of building and other
attenuation, thus further reducing the
likelihood of harming TV viewers
outside of the location.
(c) Adoption of ETSI Emission Mask
Standards for Analog and Digital
Wireless Microphones
26. The technical rules applicable to
part 74 LPAS devices operations in the
TV bands set forth specified out-of-band
emission mask requirements for
wireless microphones, regardless of
whether the device is analog or digital.
These rules have not been revised since
1987.
27. In the NPRM, the Commission
proposed revising the emission masks
applicable to wireless microphones and
LPAS devices, with respect to both
analog and digital wireless
microphones, to comply with the
applicable ETSI standards for analog
and digital wireless microphones that
operate over 200 kHz channels.
Specifically, it proposed to require that
emissions from analog and digital
unlicensed wireless microphones
comply with the emission masks in
Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300 422–1,
Electromagnetic compatibility and
Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless
microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz
frequency range; Part 1: Technical
characteristics and methods of
measurement. Because the ETSI
emission masks are defined only over a
frequency range of plus or minus one
megahertz from the wireless
microphone carrier frequency, the
Commission sought comment on the
emission limits that should apply
outside of this frequency range. In
addition to the ETSI standards, or as an
alternative, it inquired whether there are
other technical standards that it should
adopt to promote more efficient use of
the spectrum available for wireless
microphone operations in the TV bands.
Finally, it asked that, if it were to decide
to adopt revised standards, how quickly
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
it should require new devices to comply
with the new standards.
28. To promote more efficient use of
the limited TV band spectrum available
for wireless microphones, the
Commission is adopting the ETSI
standard emission masks for LPAS
devices used by wireless microphone
licensees under its part 74 rules.
Specifically, it will require that
emissions from analog and digital
unlicensed wireless microphones
comply with the emission masks in
Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2
(2011–08), Electromagnetic
compatibility and Radio spectrum
Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in
the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range;
Part 1: Technical characteristics and
methods of measurement. Requiring
wireless microphones to meet these
tighter emission requirements will
protect authorized services in adjacent
bands from harmful interference, and
will improve spectrum sharing by
wireless microphones. Outside of the
frequency range where the ETSI masks
are defined (one megahertz above and
below the wireless microphone carrier
frequency), the Commission will require
that emissions comply with same limit
as the edge of the ETSI masks,
specifically, 90 dB below the level of the
unmodulated carrier. The Commission
is incorporating the emission mask
requirements set forth in ETSI EN 300
422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08) into the Part 74
Subpart H LPAS rules by reference and
adding it to the list of measurement
procedures in section 74.861. The
Commission is not persuaded by
Lectrosonics’ comments that existence
of its legacy unlicensed wireless
microphones that would not be
compliant with the new standard
should prevent the Commission from
establishing a more efficient standard
for wireless microphone devices going
forward. The Commission will require
the LPAS devices to comply with this
standard no later than nine months
following release of the Channel
Reassignment PN.
(d) Other TV Bands Revisions
29. In the NPRM, the Commission also
sought comment generally on whether it
should adopt any other rule revisions
for operations of wireless microphones
in the TV bands spectrum that would
facilitate more effective and efficient
operations in these bands. It asked that
commenters provide detailed
information on reasons for the proposed
changes as well as the types of specific
rules that they advocate.
30. The Commission concludes that
extending the existing waiver of its rules
to permit nuclear power plants the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
continued use of spectrum in the core
TV bands would serve the public
interest. Consequently, the Commission
hereby grants a permanent waiver of its
rules to allow the continued use of
wireless headsets at nuclear power
plants, under the same conditions as the
current waiver, in the spectrum that will
continue to be allocated for television
following the incentive auction. In
addition, this waiver will permit
nuclear power plants to continue to
access the spectrum repurposed for 600
MHz wireless service during the
transition period, but no later, provided
that they meet the conditions for
secondary operations in this band. The
terms of this waiver do not extend to
include operations in the 600 MHz
guard bands, including the duplex gap,
which will no longer be allocated for
broadcast TV. As discussed in the Part
15 Report and Order, wireless
microphone operations in these bands
will be limited to 20 mW EIRP, which
is more restrictive than allowed for
wireless microphones in the TV bands.
Further, the Commission is not granting,
under the terms of this waiver, any right
to continue to operate in the 600 MHz
Band after the end of the post-auction
transition period. Unlike the waiver the
Commission is granting, nothing in the
record before it indicates whether the
600 MHz wireless licensees might agree
to the request of the Nuclear Energy
Institute and the United Telecom
Council relating to this issue, so the
Commission declines to grant their
additional request at this time.
31. In granting this permanent waiver,
the Commission declines to revise the
part 74 LPAS rules to provide for such
operations on a licensed basis. The
Commission previously declined to
make nuclear plants eligible under part
74, and the issues raised regarding the
use of these particular devices involve
considerations unique to the nuclear
power industry, and do not apply to
other part 74 LPAS licensees. Further,
in light of the Commission’s grant of a
permanent waiver with the associated
conditions, licensee status is not
necessary.
c. Eligibility for Licensed Operations in
the Duplex Gap
32. In the Incentive Auction R&O, the
Commission provided that broadcasters
and cable programming networks using
wireless microphones on a licensed
basis would be able to obtain
interference protection from unlicensed
devices in a portion of the duplex gap
at specified times and locations, on an
as-needed basis. In the NPRM, the
Commission sought comment on
whether it should expand eligibility for
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
71707
licensed wireless microphone
operations in the duplex gap to include
all of the entities now eligible for Part
74 LPAS licenses in the TV bands. In
particular, the Commission asked
whether such expanded eligibility
would create problems for broadcasters
or cable programming networks
operating on this spectrum, or whether
these different users generally operate at
different locations, such that their
respective operations would not likely
interfere with each other.
33. As discussed in the Incentive
Auction R&O, the Commission provided
that broadcasters and cable
programming networks using wireless
microphones on a licensed basis could
operate in a portion of the duplex gap,
where they would be protected from
interference by unlicensed devices in
order to have access to spectrum for
certain programming, including
emergency information. The
Commission concludes that expanding
eligibility to the other licensed part 74
entities should not cause any problems
for broadcasters and cable programming
networks since the licensed entities will
be obligated to coordinate their
operations when and where necessary.
The Commission notes that, as a general
matter, these different licensees will
likely operate at different locations and
not interfere with each other.
d. Transition Out of the 600 MHz Band
Repurposed for Wireless Services
(i) Background
34. Following the upcoming incentive
auction, certain existing television
channels in the UHF band will be
repurposed for 600 MHz Band wireless
services. In the Incentive Auction R&O
the Commission provided for a multiyear period to help smooth the
transition as wireless microphone
operators take steps to obtain new
equipment and transition out of the use
of this spectrum no later than the end
of post-auction transition period (i.e., 39
months after the issuance of the
Channel Reassignment PN).
Specifically, following the auction these
operators may continue to access the
600 MHz Band during the transition
period, but no later, subject to certain
conditions. To the extent that either
licensed or unlicensed wireless
microphone users operate in the 600
MHz Band during this transition period,
then consistent with their secondary or
unlicensed status they will not be
entitled to any interference protection
from operations of the primary 600 MHz
licensees, and they will be required to
cease any operations in the 600 MHz
Band if their operations cause harmful
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
71708
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
interference to any 600 MHz licensee’s
operations.
35. In the NPRM, the Commission
sought comment on how best to
facilitate a smooth transition as wireless
microphone and other LPAS users cease
their operations on the repurposed 600
MHz Band frequencies no later than the
end of the post-auction transition
period. The Commission indicated that
achieving a smooth transition will
involve actions by it, by manufacturers
and distributors of wireless
microphones, and by the various
wireless microphone operators
themselves, both licensed and
unlicensed users. Even though the
specific UHF band frequencies
repurposed for 600 MHz Band wireless
services will not be known until
following the auction, beginning
preparation for transition as soon as
possible will contribute to a smoother
transition. The Commission observed
that some wireless microphones are
likely to be capable of operating on
repurposed channels, while others will
not. The Commission also pointed out
that although the specific frequencies on
which particular wireless microphones
operate may be identified in the owner’s
manual, the channels often are not
evident on the devices themselves.
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
(ii) Discussion
(a) Consumer Education and Outreach;
Disclosure Requirements
36. The Commission specifically
sought comment in the NPRM on how
best to inform users of wireless
microphones on the changes following
the auction that will affect their use of
wireless microphones in the TV band
spectrum that is being repurposed,
including the steps necessary to prevent
interference to new wireless operations
in the 600 MHz spectrum, consistent
with its goals expressed in the Incentive
Auction R&O. The Commission
anticipated a need for education and
outreach directed at wireless
microphone users, and that this should
commence before the auction and
continue even beyond the end of the 39month transition period. The
Commission proposed that these
education and outreach efforts should
be undertaken by it, manufacturers,
wireless microphone users groups, and
relevant trade publications and other
possible sources of information for
wireless microphone users. As a
companion to these efforts, the
Commission also proposed requiring
that written disclosures accompany new
devices at the point of sale to provide
further education to wireless
microphone users on the devices’
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
operations. In considering these actions,
the Commission drew extensively from
the approach that it took with respect to
the transition of wireless microphones
out of the 700 MHz band. Its goals were
to make information available so users,
particularly unlicensed users, are aware
that they must not cause harmful
interference to new wireless operations
in the 600 MHz band, and must cease
operating their wireless microphones on
the repurposed 600 MHz Band allocated
for 600 MHz Band wireless services no
later than the end of the transition
period (i.e., 39 months after the release
of the Channel Reassignment PN); to set
in motion a process so they are aware
of relevant factors concerning the
operation of wireless microphones that
are currently in use; and to establish a
means for users to locate additional
spectrum and equipment for their
operations that will be available for
their use. The Commission believed that
a successful consumer education and
outreach campaign would involve its
staff working with a broad group of
interested entities, including wireless
microphone manufacturers, wireless
microphones users, and user
representatives.
37. The Commission sought comment
on the particular actions that wireless
microphone manufacturers, distributors,
retailers, and other entities comprising
the wireless microphone community
should take to inform the wide range of
wireless microphone users about the
ongoing developments concerning
wireless microphone use—particularly
the need to vacate the repurposed 600
MHz Band, the timetable for doing so,
and the conditions for operating in the
band during the transition period. It
asked what specific information should
be provided to wireless microphone
users to ensure that they know the
requirements for operating in the
repurposed spectrum during the
transition period and the need to exit
the band by the end of the transition, as
well as what steps can be taken to
provide wireless microphone users with
information on the transition prior to
the auction. In particular, the
Commission inquired whether it would
it be beneficial for wireless microphone
users to have access to a database or
some form of online mapping tool to
help users that enter the location and
operating frequencies to determine
whether they can continue to operate in
the repurposed 600 MHz Band during
the transition period, and if so, who
should be responsible for developing
and maintaining (hosting) it. Similarly,
the Commission asked whether it
should work with wireless microphone
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
manufacturers to obtain information on
models of wireless microphones that it
could list on its Web site in order to
facilitate a smooth transition from the
600 MHz Band. In addition to steps that
may involve manufacturers, the
Commission sought comment on what
steps other parties associated with the
sale and operation of wireless
microphones (e.g., trade associations,
user groups, or industry associations),
may be able to take to provide users
with information relevant to the
transition.
38. The Commission also invited
specific comment on what additional
information it should make available for
wireless microphone users, including
Commission-issued consumer ‘‘fact
sheets’’ and ‘‘frequently asked
questions’’ (FAQ’s) which would
address, among other matters,
information on operation in the 600
MHz Band, the reason for the need to
operate on frequencies outside of that
band following the transition, the
availability of other frequency bands for
wireless microphone use, and the need
to comply with Commission rules.
39. Finally, the Commission proposed
to revise its point-of-sale disclosure
requirement that it adopted in the TV
Bands Wireless Microphones R&O, 75
FR 9113, March 1, 2010, in order to
provide information to wireless
microphone users that may have to
purchase or lease new equipment so
that they can vacate the repurposed 600
MHz Band. Specifically, with regard to
sales of wireless microphones that are
capable of operating in repurposed
spectrum, the Commission proposed to
require that such sales include point-ofsale disclosures that inform buyers that
they are buying a microphone that
cannot be used in certain frequencies
following the transition. The
Commission also sought comment on
how point-of-sale disclosures could be
designed to effectively address any ban
on manufacturing and marketing of
wireless microphones that are capable
of operating in the repurposed 600 MHz
Band. It also proposed that the revised
point-of-sale disclosures direct buyers to
the manufacturer’s toll free telephone
number or the manufacturer’s Web site
where the buyer can obtain more
detailed information on the extent to
which the microphone may be affected
by repurposing the 600 MHz Band, and
asked whether it should retain the
existing language in the point-of-sale
disclosure requirement that includes the
Commission’s toll free number and the
Commission’s Web site where users can
obtain additional information on the
operation of wireless microphones
during the transition period and after
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
the transition period. The Commission
proposed that the effective date for any
disclosure requirement, including a
point-of-sale requirement, which it may
adopt in connection with this or a
related proceeding, would be 18 months
after the release of the Channel
Reassignment PN, and sought comment
on possible alternative dates as well. It
requested comment on the particular
factors that should enter into this
determination.
40. As set forth in the NPRM,
consumer education regarding the
operations of wireless microphones
following the incentive auction is
important. Consumers will need to be
informed of the many changes that will
affect their use of the current TV bands
that is being repurposed, including their
use of the 600 MHz guard bands and
duplex gap, their continued use of
repurposed 600 MHz Band during the
post-auction transition period (i.e., the
39 months following issuance of the
Channel Reassignment PN), and their
need to cease operations in the 600 MHz
Band no later than the end of the postauction transition period. The steps
required are similar to those taken in
2010 to inform consumers about their
use of the TV bands that were
repurposed for 700 MHz Band wireless
services.
41. Disclosure Requirement. The
Commission requires anyone selling,
leasing, or offering for sale or lease
wireless microphones that operate in
the 600 MHz Band to provide certain
disclosures to consumers, pursuant to
section 302. These entities must display
the Consumer Disclosure, the text of
which will be developed by
Commission staff, at the point of sale or
lease, in a clear, conspicuous, and
readily legible manner. In addition, the
Consumer Disclosure must be displayed
on the Web site of the manufacturer
(even in the event the manufacturer
does not sell wireless microphones
directly to the public) and of dealers,
distributors, retailers, and anyone else
selling or leasing the devices. The
Commission finds that these disclosures
are necessary to ensure that consumers
are informed that the wireless
microphones may be used, under
specified conditions, no longer than the
post-auction transition period, and to
help ensure that wireless microphone
users comply with their obligation
during the transition period and cease
operating on the 600 MHz band after the
end of the transition period. The
Commission delegates authority to its
Consumer and Governmental Affairs
Bureau (CGB), working with its Wireless
Telecommunications Bureau (WTB) and
Office of Engineering and Technology
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
(OET), to prepare the specific language,
following issuance of the Channel
Reassignment PN, that must be used in
the Consumer Disclosure and publish it
in the Federal Register. As discussed
above, there is more than one way in
which the point-of-sale Consumer
Disclosure may be provided to potential
purchasers or lessees of wireless
microphones, but each of them must
satisfy all the requirements noted above,
including that the disclosure be
provided in writing at the point of sale
in a clear, conspicuous, and readily
legible manner. One way to fulfill this
disclosure requirement would be to
display the Consumer Disclosure in a
prominent manner on the product box
by using a label (either printed onto the
box or otherwise affixed to the box), a
sticker, or other means. Another way to
fulfill the disclosure requirement would
be to display the text immediately
adjacent to each wireless microphone
offered for sale or lease and clearly
associated with the model to which it
pertains. For wireless microphones
offered online or via direct mail or
catalog, the disclosure must be
prominently displayed in close
proximity to the images and
descriptions of each wireless
microphone. The Commission will
require manufacturers, dealers,
distributors, and other entities that sell
or lease wireless microphones for
operation in the 600 MHz Band to
comply with the disclosure
requirements no later than three months
following issuance of the Channel
Reassignment PN, and it encourages
these entities to provide consumers with
the required information earlier.
42. Consumer Outreach. In addition,
the Commission finds that several
means should be employed to provide
as much notice as possible to users of
the need to clear the 600 MHz Band of
wireless microphones. The Commission
directs CGB, working with WTB and
OET, to establish a Web page on its Web
site, and prepare and release consumer
publications, including a Consumer Fact
Sheet and answers to Frequently Asked
Questions (FAQs), that inform the
public of its decisions affecting wireless
microphone operations in the
repurposed 600 MHz Band and the
guard bands, as set forth in the Incentive
Auction R&O, this Order, and the Part
15 Report and Order. The Commission
further directs its staff to identify and
contact organizations that represent
entities that are known to be users of
wireless microphones in the 600 MHz
Band, including groups that represent
theaters, houses of worship, and
sporting venues. The Commission will
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
71709
inform these entities of its decisions
affecting wireless microphone
operations in the repurposed spectrum
and available resources for information
on options for wireless microphone use
going forward.
43. Further, the Commission expects
all manufacturers of wireless
microphones to make significant efforts
to ensure that all users of such
equipment capable of operating in the
600 MHz Band are fully informed of the
decisions affecting them, as set forth in
the Incentive Auction R&O, this Order,
and the Part 15 Report and Order.
Specifically, the Commission expects
these manufacturers, at a minimum, to
ensure that these users are informed of
the need to clear the 600 MHz Band.
Manufacturers also should inform users
of wireless microphones that they may
continue to operate in the 600 MHz
Band until the end of the post-auction
transition period, but only subject to the
conditions set forth in these orders,
including the early clearing
mechanisms. Further, the Commission
expects all manufacturers to contact
dealers, distributors, and anyone else
who has purchased wireless
microphones, and inform them of its
decisions to help clear the 600 MHz
Band. Manufacturers should also
provide information on these decisions
to any users that have filed warranty
registrations for 600 MHz Band
equipment with the manufacturer. The
Commission also expects manufacturers
to post this information on their Web
sites and include it in all of their sales
literature.
44. In addition, the Commission notes
that manufacturers may choose to offer
rebates and trade-in programs for any
600 MHz Band wireless microphones,
similar to what was done with respect
to transitioning wireless microphone
users out of the 700 MHz band. The
Commission encourages them to
consider creating or establishing such
programs here. In contacting dealers and
distributors, it expects manufacturers to
inform these entities that they should:
(1) Inform all customers who have
purchased wireless microphones that
are capable of operating in the 600 MHz
Band of its decision to clear the 600
MHz Band of such devices; (2) post such
information on their Web sites; (3)
include this information in all other
sales materials; (4) provide information
in sales materials, including on their
Web sites, on the availability of any
manufacturer rebate offerings and tradein programs related to wireless
microphones operating in the 600 MHz
Band; and (5) comply with the
disclosure requirements that the
Commission is adopting in this Order.
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
71710
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
(b) Post-Auction Prohibition of the
Certification, Manufacture, or Marketing
of LPAS Devices Operating on the 600
MHz Band
45. All wireless microphones that
now operate in the TV bands are
certified as compliant with part 74,
subpart H of the Commission’s rules.
The Commission decided in the
Incentive Auction R&O that all wireless
microphones that operate in the portion
of the TV bands that will be repurposed
600 MHz Band for licensed wireless
services may continue to operate in that
spectrum during the post-auction
transition period but must cease those
operations no later than 39 months after
release of the Channel Reassignment
PN. At the end of the post-auction
transition, licensed microphones will be
permitted to operate in a portion of the
duplex gap, and unlicensed wireless
microphones will be permitted to
operate in the guard bands and duplex
gap, pursuant to the rules adopted in the
Part 15 Report and Order.
46. In the NPRM, the Commission
proposed to establish cutoff dates for the
certification, manufacturing, and
marketing of wireless microphones in
the repurposed spectrum to ensure that
manufacturers cease making and
marketing equipment for operation in
repurposed 600 MHz Band spectrum to
ensure that manufacturers cease making
marketing equipment that cannot be
legally used after a certain date. Because
similar technical requirements would
apply to both licensed and unlicensed
wireless microphones, the Commission
proposed to apply to both the same
transition rules for certification,
manufacturing, and marketing in order
to be the least disruptive to wireless
microphone manufacturers and users. It
proposed taking this action pursuant to
its authority under section 302(a) of the
Communications Act. This Order
addresses these issues for licensed
wireless microphones generally, and the
Part 15 Report and Order addresses
these issues for unlicensed wireless
microphones.
47. In this proceeding, the
Commission proposed that parties could
no longer submit applications to certify
Part 74 wireless microphones that
operate in repurposed TV spectrum
beginning nine months after the release
of the Channel Reassignment PN, when
the particular frequencies that will need
to be vacated will first be identified. The
Commission also proposed that it not
certify wireless microphones under part
74 that would operate in the 600 MHz
guard bands or the unlicensed portion
of the duplex gap. The Commission also
inquired whether parties should not be
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
able to submit applications to certify
wireless microphones that operate in
repurposed TV spectrum later than 24
months after the effective date of the
service rules that it adopts for licensed
wireless microphones, and microphones
that do not comply with the new rules
may not be manufactured and marketed
later than 33 months after the effective
date of the service rules it adopts in this
proceeding. The Commission also
proposed that the effective date of any
prohibition on manufacturing or
marketing these devices will be 18
months after the release of the Channel
Reassignment PN. In addition, it
requested comment on the economic
costs and benefits of different effective
dates for the proposed prohibition on
manufacturing or marketing. Finally, to
the extent that the Commission
determines to prohibit such
manufacture or marketing, it proposed
that any such ban would not apply to
devices manufactured in the United
States solely for export.
48. The Commission adopts its
proposals for establishing cutoff dates
for the certification, manufacturing and
marketing of licensed wireless
microphones in the TV bands, the guard
bands (including the duplex gap), and
the repurposed 600 MHz Band. The
Commission adopts transition rules for
the TV bands, the guard bands
(including the duplex gap), and the
repurposed 600 MHz Band that will
allow it to gradually phase out older
microphones and introduce new ones
that are compliant with the technical
rules for part 74 wireless microphones
that it adopts in this proceeding and for
unlicensed wireless microphones
generally and for licensed wireless
microphones in the duplex gap that it
adopts in the Part 15 Report and Order.
The Commission is aligning the
transition periods as closely as possible
with the post-auction transition
schedule because this will ensure
compliance with the post-auction 600
MHz Band plan and be less disruptive
to wireless microphone manufacturers
and users.
49. The Commission adopts the cutoff
dates proposed in the NPRM. It will
require applications to certify wireless
microphones under the modified part 74
rules nine months after the release of
the Channel Reassignment PN or no
later than 24 months after the effective
date of the new rules, whichever occurs
first. The Commission will require that
manufacturing and marketing of all part
74 wireless microphones that would not
comply with the rules for operation in
the 600 MHz Band cease 18 months
after release of the Channel
Reassignment PN or no later than 33
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
months after the effective date of the
new rules, whichever occurs first.
50. The Commission recognizes that it
is important to provide manufacturers
with sufficient time to design new
products, obtain Commission
certification, and commence
manufacturing. It is equally important to
allow manufacturers to sell existing
devices that allow the public to
continue providing service until new
products are available in the
marketplace. The cutoff dates that the
Commission adopts for certification,
manufacturing and marketing of
wireless microphones appropriately
balance these two goals, and it disagrees
with the cutoff dates proposed by CTIA
and Mobile Future. Manufacturers will
not know what band plan they need to
design and manufacture to until after
the incentive auction is concluded, and
it would be unreasonable to require that
only certification applications
complying with the new rules be
accepted at the time the Channel
Reassignment PN is released. Broadcast
stations will be vacating the 600 MHz
Band over a 39 month period after the
release of the Channel Reassignment
PN, and new wireless operations will be
built out gradually as broadcast stations
leave the band and most likely
continuing beyond the 39 month
transition period. It would be
unreasonable to cut off manufacturing
and marketing six months into the 39
month transition period since this
would deny the public access to devices
that would allow them to continue to
provide service. The Commission
concludes that the cutoff dates it has
chosen will encourage manufacturers to
concentrate on developing wireless
microphones that operate in compliance
with new part 74 and part 15 rules and
ensure that manufacturers cease making
and marketing equipment that cannot be
legally used after a certain date. Finally,
as proposed in the NPRM, the
prohibition on manufacture and
marketing will not apply to devices
manufactured in the United States
solely for export.
(c) Modification of LPAS Licenses To
Remove Authorization for Operations
on the 600 MHz Band
51. In the NPRM, the Commission
proposed, pursuant to its authority
under section 316 of the
Communications Act, to modify existing
LPAS licenses to the extent necessary to
delete frequencies identified as
repurposed for the 600 MHz Band in the
Channel Reassignment PN, effective on
the date that the post-auction transition
period ends. In addition, it proposed
that, following these license
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
modifications, the LPAS licenses will
continue to include authorization to use
all frequencies currently included in
those licenses other than the repurposed
600 MHz Band. Finally, the Commission
proposed that if a licensed user must
cease operations of a wireless
microphone prior to the end of the postauction transition period (i.e., because it
causes harmful interference to any 600
MHz licensee’s operations), the license
relating to that wireless microphone
will be modified automatically without
Commission action to delete the
authorization to operate on the
repurposed 600 MHz Band, effective on
the date that operations are required to
cease.
52. The Commission adopts the
proposal set forth in the NPRM. As set
forth in the Incentive Auction R&O,
during the transition period, wireless
microphone users must cease operations
if they would cause harmful
interference to any 600 MHz wireless
operations, and if there are violations of
this requirement it will enforce its rules
accordingly. The Commission declines
the requests to permit wireless
microphone operations in the 600 MHz
Band following the transition period. As
the Commission explained in the
Incentive Auction R&O, establishing a
hard date by which all licensed and
unlicensed wireless microphone
operations must cease provides needed
certainty and clarity about transitioning
out of the band, and no party petitioned
for reconsideration of its decision on
this matter. Finally, the Commission
directs WTB to modify LPAS licenses to
delete the affected frequencies from
LPAS licensees’ authorizations, effective
at the end of the transition period.
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
2. Miscellaneous VHF/UHF Bands
a. 26.100–26.480 MHz, 161.625–161.775
MHz, 450–451 MHz, and 455–456 MHz
Bands
53. Wireless microphones operating
pursuant to the part 74 LPAS rules also
are authorized to operate on a licensed
basis in small portions of certain
broadcast bands, including the 26.100–
26.480 MHz, the 161.625–161.775 MHz,
the 450–451 MHz, and the 455–456
MHz bands. Eligibility for operating in
these bands is limited to broadcasters
and broadcast network entities. While
the Commission did not propose any
specific revisions concerning these rules
in the NPRM, it sought comment on the
current use of these bands for wireless
microphone operations, and the more
expansive use of these bands in the
future. The Commission asked where
there are technological advances that
may promote more intensive use, and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
requested comment on any potential
revisions that it should make to
facilitate the use of these bands for
wireless microphone operations.
54. Given commenters’ general view
that additional use of these bands is
limited, and considering the small
amount of spectrum they offer, revision
of its rules to permit expanded
operations in these bands would not
yield much benefit. Furthermore, the
Commission has sought comment on
revising the rules in these bands to
allow for the use of digital technologies
of Remote Pickup (RPU) stations in
another rulemaking, which could result
in more intensive use of these bands.
The Commission therefore concludes
that it will not make these bands
available for wireless microphone
operations other than as currently
authorized, and subject to the outcome
in the latter proceeding.
b. 88–108 MHz FM Band
55. As discussed in the NPRM,
wireless microphone operations have
long been permitted in the 88–108 MHz
FM band on an unlicensed basis under
section 15.239 of the Commission’s part
15 rules. While the Commission did not
propose any rule revisions in the NPRM,
it sought comment on whether wireless
microphone users continue to make use
of this band for their operations and the
extent to which existing or revised rules
will be useful for accommodating
wireless microphone users’ needs in the
future. To the extent that revisions were
proposed, the Commission requested
that parties submit technical
information in support of their
proposals, as well as analysis of the
benefits of such revisions and likely
impact on FM broadcasters.
56. Based on the comments and
record before the Commission, and the
apparently minimal opportunity for
making use of this band, it declines to
make any revisions to the rules
applicable to wireless microphone
operations in the 88–108 MHz FM band.
3. 169–172 MHz Band
57. Under the Commission’s part 90
rules, entities eligible to hold a Public
Safety Pool or Industrial/Business Pool
license may operate wireless
microphone operations on a secondary
basis on eight frequencies in the 169–
172 MHz band, which is allocated
primarily for Federal use. Specifically,
these rules permit wireless microphones
to be operated on only eight frequencies:
169.445 MHz, 169.505 MHz, 170.245
MHz, 170.305 MHz, 171.045 MHz,
171.105 MHz 171.845 MHz, and 171.905
MHz. The emission bandwidth may not
exceed 54 kilohertz, the frequency
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
71711
stability of the microphones must limit
the total emission to within ± 32.5
kilohertz of the assigned frequency, and
operations may not exceed an output
power level of 50 mW.
58. Wireless microphone operations
are not protected from other licensed
operations in the band, and must not
cause interference to any Government or
non-Government operations, and
wireless microphone license
applications are subject to Government
coordination. Other non-Federal
operations in the band, which also are
secondary to the Federal allocation,
operate on 12.5 kilohertz channels, and
include (1) operations on 36 specified
frequencies between 169.425 MHz and
171.925 MHz for the purpose of
transmitting hydrological or
meteorological data (hydro channels),
(2) operations on 9 frequencies between
170.425 MHz and 172.375 MHz for
forest firefighting and conservation
purposes (forest firefighting channels),
and (3) operations on frequency 170.150
MHz for public safety purposes and
broadcast remote pickup stations in
certain parts of the country. The current
169–172 MHz band wireless
microphone channels overlap the hydro
channels, but not the forest firefighting
channels or public safety operations on
frequency 170.150 MHz.
59. In the NPRM, the Commission
sought comment on the current use of
spectrum in the 169–172 MHz band for
wireless microphones, and how the
spectrum potentially could be used
more expansively and intensively
without interfering with Federal
operations or the other secondary nonFederal services. It asked what steps it
could take to make the band a viable
option for more wireless microphone
users, and sought comment on two
specific approaches: Allowing wireless
microphone licensees to combine each
of the four neighboring pairs of channels
with each other, making four largerbandwidth channels available on new
channel centers between the existing
assignable frequencies; or making as
much of the 169–172 MHz band as
possible available for wireless
microphone use and allowing operation
with bandwidths of up to 200 kilohertz,
subject to appropriate technical or
geographic limitations.
60. As noted above, the current 169–
172 MHz band wireless microphone
channels overlap the hydro channels,
but not the forest firefighting channels.
Making as much of the 169–172 MHz
band as possible available for wireless
microphone use and allowing operation
with bandwidths of up to 200 kilohertz
on center frequencies throughout the
band, as advocated by the commenters,
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
71712
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
would result in wireless microphone
channels overlapping forest firefighting
channels. In another proceeding, a
petition for rulemaking proposed to
make the forest firefighting channels
available for vehicular repeater systems
(VRS) and other mobile repeaters by
other firefighters fighting in-building
fires. Despite the benefits that VRS use
provides for first responders, the
Commission denied that portion of the
rulemaking petition. It noted concerns
expressed by the National
Telecommunications and Information
Administration that an interference-free
environment must be maintained on the
forest firefighting channels because even
VRS public safety operations on a
secondary basis would pose a risk of
creating conflicts with primary Federal
safety operations. Consistent with this
precedent, the Commission declines to
allow wireless microphone operations
on center frequencies throughout the
band that would overlap forest
firefighting channels.
61. The Commission agrees with
commenters that it should promote
more opportunities for wireless
microphone use of this band.
Consequently, the Commission will
pursue the approach of creating new
channel centers between the existing
neighboring pairs of channels (i.e.,
169.475, 170.275, 171.075, and 171.875
MHz). The Commission concludes that
the record supports permitting
operation on these new channel centers
with a bandwidth of up to 200 kilohertz,
rather than merely combining the
existing channels into new channels
with a bandwidth of less than 120
kilohertz, because 200 kilohertz
bandwidth will support higher audio
quality, which could facilitate operation
in the band by a wider range of users.
Wireless microphones that have
bandwidth exceeding 54 kilohertz will
be required to comply with the emission
masks in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300
422–1 v1.4.2 (2008–11) that the
Commission is adopting for licensed
wireless microphone operations in the
TV bands.
62. In order to protect Federal
operations and the other secondary nonFederal services, the Commission rejects
the suggestion that it authorize wireless
microphone operations in the 169–172
MHz band on an unlicensed basis
pursuant to part 15. Unlicensed
operations would eliminate the Federal
Government’s ability to review and
object to new assignments in this
primary Federal band. Instead, these
operations will be licensed pursuant to
part 90 and applications will be subject
to Government coordination.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
4. 944–952 MHz Band and Adjacent
941–944 MHz and 952–960 MHz Bands
63. In the NPRM, the Commission
sought comment on making revisions to
the rules in the 944–952 MHz band and
the two adjacent bands, the 941–944
MHz and 952–960 MHz bands, to
accommodate additional licensed
wireless microphone operations.
a. 944–952 MHz Band
64. The Commission’s part 74, subpart
H rules authorize operations of wireless
microphones on a licensed basis in the
944–952 MHz band. These LPAS
operations are authorized on a coprimary basis along with other
Broadcast Auxiliary Services (BAS)
consisting of fixed Aural Studio to
Transmitter links (STL) stations and
fixed Aural Intercity Relay Links
stations (ICR). Entities eligible for a
license to operate wireless microphones
are limited to broadcast licensees and
broadcast network entities. LPAS
devices using this particular band of
spectrum may also be used to transmit
synchronizing signals and various
control signals to portable or handcarried TV cameras which employ low
power radio signals in lieu of cable to
deliver picture signals to the control
point at the scene of a remote broadcast.
Under the applicable technical rules,
the operating bandwidth for LPAS
operations may not exceed 200 kHz, and
the maximum transmitter power is 1
watt. Several manufacturers have
developed wireless microphones that
use this band.
65. In the NPRM, the Commission
sought comment on potential for more
intensive use of this band for the
licensed wireless microphone
operations among the other BAS that
use the band. It asked whether,
considering that less spectrum may be
available for wireless microphone
operations in the UHF television bands,
licensees expect to make greater use of
this band in this band by migrating
particular types of uses to this spectrum
when they are spectrum-constrained in
the TV bands, and whether this band is
well-suited for high-quality uses.
Because the Commission had proposed
adopting ETSI standards for operations
in the TV bands, it also proposed
adopting these standards for LPAS
operations in the 944–952 MHz band.
66. The Commission also proposed
expanding eligibility in the 944–952
MHz band to include all of the entities
currently eligible under part 74 for
licensed operation of LPAS devices in
the TV bands, given that their wireless
microphone needs are similar to those
of broadcasters and broadcast network
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
entities. It asked whether technical
limitations and other considerations
should be weighed when assessing
expansion of licensee eligibility in this
band to ensure that such eligibility
expansion would not be problematic for
existing LPAS operations in this band.
67. Consistent with this record and in
accord with adoption of the ETSI
standard on emission masks for LPAS
devices in the TV bands, the
Commission will require that emissions
from analog and digital wireless
microphones comply with the emission
masks in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300
422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08), for future
wireless microphones that will use this
band—applying these revised standards
to new equipment certified under Part
74 in the 944–952 MHz band 9 months
after issuance of the Channel
Reassignment PN, consistent with the
requirements for new equipment
certified for LPAS devices that operate
in the TV bands. Further, the
Commission expands eligibility for
operations in the 944–952 MHz band to
include all entities currently eligible to
hold LPAS licenses for operation in the
TV bands. This step should help
address the need for additional
spectrum outside of the TV bands for
this entire group of licensed users.
68. Licensed LPAS users operating in
the 944–952 MHz band (as in the TV
bands) are subject to the frequency
selection requirements contained in
§ 74.803 of its Rules. The Society of
Broadcast Engineers (SBE) runs a local
frequency coordination program for this
band and asserts that coordination
would have to be mandatory in order to
avoid interference among different
licensees. Accordingly, the Commission
will also require wireless microphone
users seeking access to this band to
coordinate their proposed use through
the local SBE coordinator.
b. 941–944 MHz Band and 952–960
MHz Band
69. The two bands immediately
adjacent to 944–952 MHz band—the
941–944 MHz and the 952–960 MHz
bands—are licensed for fixed services in
varying bandwidths (from 12.5 kHz up
to 200 kHz) in different areas and
segments of these eleven megahertz.
Most of the spectrum in these two bands
is licensed for Private Operational Fixed
(including business industrial and
public safety) and Common Carrier
Fixed Microwave Services authorized
under part 101, and fixed Aural
Broadcast Auxiliary Services (STL and
ICR) authorized under part 74, while
smaller portions are authorized for
Multiple Address Systems (MAS),
which consist of point-to-multipoint
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
Fixed Microwave Services authorized
under part 101 of the rules.
70. Specifically, most of the 941–944
MHz band—the two and a half
megahertz between 941.5–944 MHz—is
available for licensing for Private and
Common Carrier Fixed Microwave
Services or for broadcast auxiliary
stations. Fixed point-to-point links in
these bands are typically used for long
distance low data-rate links between
locations that have line of sight
capability. They employ directional
antennas and operate with fairly high
effective isotropic radiated power.
Receive antennas are also directional,
affording some rejection of unwanted
signals off-axis from the main lobe of
the antenna. The other portion, the half
megahertz between 941–941.5 MHz, is
authorized for MAS operations,
specifically communications from MAS
master stations to remote stations;
consequently, transmission from the
master station is generally omnidirectional, generally within a 25-mile
radius, to many remote stations. MAS
historically has been used by the power,
petroleum, and security industries for
various alarm, control, interrogation and
status reporting requirements as well as
by the paging industry, and the
licensing scheme adopted by the
Commission was designed to
accommodate these past and present
uses. MAS licenses in this band are
either geographically-based or sitebased.
71. Most of the 952–960 MHz band—
6.8 megahertz of spectrum between
952.85–956.25 MHz and 956.45–959.85
MHz—is licensed for Private
Operational Fixed Microwave Service
(including business industrial and
public safety) authorized under part
101. The remaining portions of the band
are also authorized for MAS operations
in three distinct portions, totaling 1.2
megahertz. The MAS bands are divided
into two groups with differing licensing
and service characteristics; these are
commonly known as the 928/952/956
band—used for private internal or
public safety communications, and the
928/959 MHz band—used by CMRS and
paging network incumbents. The MAS
portions of these bands have historically
been used by the power, petroleum, and
security industries for various
Supervisory Control and Data
Acquisition (SCADA) operations as well
as by the paging industry. These
licenses also could be either
geographically-based or site-based.
72. In the NPRM, the Commission
proposed making unused portions of the
941–944 MHz and the 952–960 MHz
bands available for licensed wireless
microphone operations on a secondary
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
basis, generally under the rules
applicable for LPAS operations in the
944–952 MHz band, provided that
incumbent users in the band could be
protected from interference. The
Commission inquired about the extent
to which there are many locations in
these bands where spectrum is unused,
potentially available, and in sufficient
bandwidth (e.g., 200 kHz) suitable for
wireless microphone uses similar to
their uses in the TV bands and 944–952
MHz band. Considering the different
services and service rules that apply to
portions of these bands, and the mix of
point-to-point and point-to-multipoint
services already operating in these
bands, the Commission asked whether
specific sub-bands would be more
suitable than others for sharing with
wireless microphones. In this regard, it
first inquired about those portions of the
spectrum available for licensing for
fixed microwave services, which
constitutes the majority of the spectrum
in these bands. The Commission sought
comment on the ability of wireless
microphone users to determine the
availability of suitable spectrum at
particular locations in these portions of
the band, and what issues or factors it
should take into account to make
spectrum available for wireless
microphone operations while protecting
the incumbent fixed services that
operate in these bands. The Commission
then made similar inquiries about
making the portions of the spectrum in
these bands that are authorized for MAS
operations available for wireless
microphone operations. Considering
that many MAS systems are used by
utilities for SCADA operations, it sought
comment on whether these existing
users operate in the same general
geographic areas as wireless
microphone users, or whether the
wireless microphone operations would
be separated geographically because
these are different types of uses. It also
asked about other factors that it should
consider when determining whether
and how to permit wireless microphone
operations in these MAS portions.
73. The Commission also sought
comment on designing rules that would
be necessary to address any interference
concerns with particular incumbent
operations that could arise. It asked
whether certain types of services, such
as fixed microwave services, would
generally not be prone to interference,
and whether others, such as MAS
operations involving SCADA
operations, could be more susceptible to
interference and require more protected
rules (e.g., rules to specify minimum
separation distances, or create
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
71713
protection zones, or imposed greater
limitations on power levels used by
wireless microphones, or restricting use
to indoors). In addition, the Commission
sought comment on the technical rules
that would apply to wireless
microphone operations in these bands.
It specifically asked whether wireless
microphones should be permitted to
operate under the same technical rules
for LPAS operations that apply to
operations in the 944–952 MHz band
(e.g., power limits, maximum
bandwidth, Out of Band Emissions
(OOBE), including the ETSI standards
that it proposed to apply to such
operations. Finally, it sought comment
on the equipment issues that would
pertain to wireless microphone
operations in these bands, including
various issues relating to the
certification process (e.g., whether
manufacturers should be able to
certificate equipment under the same
rules and procedures for LPAS devices
that operate in the 944–952 MHz band,
or needed to develop new equipment for
these bands that would be certificated in
a different manner).
74. Based on the record before us, the
Commission will open most of the 941–
944 and 952–960 MHz bands—the 2.5
megahertz of spectrum between 941.5–
944 MHz and the 6.8 megahertz of
spectrum between 952.85–956.25 MHz
and 956.45–959.85 MHz—for use by
wireless microphones and other LPAS
license eligible entities currently
operating in the TV broadcast bands and
for whom it has expanded eligibility to
operate in the 944–952 MHz bands.
Because wireless microphones operate
at low power over short distances, and
fixed point-to-point systems employ
directional antennas and operate with
fairly high effective isotropic radiated
power, the Commission believes that the
risk of interference between LPAS
operations and fixed point-to-point
operations is low, and commenters
generally agree with that conclusion.
The Commission finds further support
for its decision in parties’ assurances
that equipment to utilize these
expanded bands could be brought to
market quickly. Furthermore, it finds
that LPAS operations in the these bands
should be subject to the same part 74
technical rules that apply to LPAS
operations in the 944–952 MHz band
(e.g., the same power limits, maximum
bandwidth, and coordination
requirements). The Commission also
adopts the ETSI standard for emission
masks in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300
422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08); and will require
emissions beyond +/¥1 MHz from the
carrier or center frequency to be
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
71714
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
attenuated by 90 dB. It will apply this
standard to new licenses in the 941.5–
944 MHz, 952.85–956.25 MHz and
956.45–959.85 MHz bands upon the
effective date of this order. Consistent
with the coordination requirements the
Commission adopted for the 944–952
MHz band, it will also require wireless
microphone users seeking access to the
941.5–944 MHz, 952.85–956.25 MHz
and 956.45–959.85 MHz bands to
coordinate their proposed use through
the local SBE coordinator.
75. The Commission does not,
however, open the remaining portions
of the bands authorized for MAS
operations, in three distinct portions
totaling 1.7 megahertz, for licensed
wireless microphone operations. Unlike
with fixed point-to-point operations, it
concludes that there is a greater risk of
interference from a wireless microphone
being operated at close proximity to a
MAS remote station. Unlike fixed pointto-point operations (including BAS
studio transmitter links), geographic
area MAS licensees may add master and
remote stations throughout their service
area without prior Commission
approval, and incumbent MAS licensees
are allowed to expand their systems
under certain circumstances. Given the
record before the Commission,
including the concerns of
representatives of MAS interests, it
concludes that proponents of using the
MAS bands for wireless microphones
have not demonstrated that they can
coexist with MAS without causing
interference. Furthermore, there is only
a relatively small amount of spectrum in
discrete segments potentially unused
and available in this 1.7 megahertz.
5. Unlicensed Operations in the 902–
928 MHz, the 2.4 GHz, and the 5 GHz
Bands
76. The 902–928 MHz, 2.4 GHz
(2400–2483.5 MHz), and 5 GHz (5725–
5850 MHz) bands generally permit
operations of unlicensed devices
pursuant to two part 15 rules, 47 CFR
15.247 and 15.249. Wireless
microphones are among the devices that
operate on an unlicensed basis in these
bands under these rules.
77. In the NPRM, the Commission
sought general comment on the current
and potential uses of the band for
various wireless microphone operations,
the types of applications for which the
bands are best suited, the limitations
associated with use of these bands, and
technological advances that have
improved the ability to make use of the
band for wireless microphone
operations. In requesting information on
the use of these bands, it sought to
develop a more complete record of how
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
these bands are useful in meeting
various needs of wireless microphone
users. The Commission did not propose
to revise any of these part 15 rules that
apply to a broad range of unlicensed
operations.
78. The Commission concludes that
although the use of these bands at this
time may be more appropriate for
certain types of wireless microphone
applications, they nonetheless can
support devices that are part of the suite
of wireless microphone devices that
accommodate the needs of various
users. It also anticipates that further
technological advances can make
improvements in performance, and
hence make use of these bands more
attractive for meeting many wireless
microphone users’ needs. As noted
above, the Commission did not propose
to make any revisions of the rules
applicable for a wide range of
unlicensed uses in these bands, and
decline here to make any revisions. It
generally is not inclined to make
changes to these rules without
demonstrated need that changes would
benefit the many users of these bands.
6. 1920–1930 MHz Unlicensed PCS
Band
79. The 1920–1930 MHz band is
allocated to Fixed and Mobile services
on a primary basis and is designated for
use by Unlicensed Personal
Communications Service (UPCS)
devices under the Commission’s part 15
rules for unlicensed operations. To
facilitate the sharing of spectrum in the
UPCS band, the current rules require
use of a ‘‘listen-before-transmit’’
protocol that specifies a process for
monitoring the time and spectrum
windows that a transmission is intended
to occupy for signals above a defined
threshold. Digital Enhanced Cordless
Telecommunications (DECT) technology
may be used in this band since it
complies with the general rules for
operating in this band. DECT-based
radio technology facilitates voice, data,
and networking applications with range
requirements up to a few hundred
meters. DECT technologies minimize
interference and can be particularly
effective for voice communications, and
many manufacturers make wireless
microphones that use this spectrum.
80. In the NPRM, the Commission
invited comment on the current and
potential uses of the 1920–1930 MHz
UPCS band for wireless microphone
applications, advances in wireless
microphone technologies making use of
this spectrum, and the types of
applications for which it may be best
suited. It did not propose any revisions,
but did ask generally whether it should
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
consider any technical revisions that
could make this band more useful for
wireless microphone applications
without adversely affecting operations
of other users in the band.
81. As discussed above, wireless
microphone manufacturers are finding
ways under the existing rules to make
use of this unlicensed band to address
particular types of wireless microphone
users’ needs. The Commission
encourages wireless microphone users
to make use of this band where it can
effectively serve their needs. It did not
propose revisions to the rules in this
band, and recognizing the many other
applications that make use of this band,
it will not make revisions at this time.
7. 1435–1525 MHz Band
82. The 1435–1525 MHz band (1.4
GHz band) is shared by the Federal
government and industry for
aeronautical mobile telemetry (AMT)
operations. AMT systems are used for
flight testing of manned and unmanned
aircraft, missiles, and space vehicles,
and associated communications such as
range safety, chase aircraft, and weather
data. The Department of Defense (DOD)
is the major Federal user of the band,
although the National Aeronautics and
Space Administration (NASA) and the
Department of Energy (DOE) also have
assignments within it. The commercial
aviation industry uses the band for
flight testing of new and modified
commercial, corporate, and general
aviation aircraft at various facilities
across the United States. Both the FCC
and NTIA recognize the Aerospace and
Flight Test Radio Coordinating Council
(AFTRCC) as the non-governmental
coordinator for assignment of flight test
frequencies in the band. Through the
Special Temporary Authority (STA)
process, professional sound engineering
companies responsible for major event
productions have obtained authority to
operate both wireless microphones (and
similar audio devices) and video
equipment on a temporary basis (e.g., a
few days or a week) to access this
spectrum. These STAs supplement the
parties’ existing access to other
spectrum resources (primarily the TV
bands) for coverage of sporting and
other public events at specified
locations around the country. Under
existing practice, the applicants have
had to demonstrate that they have fully
coordinated their proposed spectrum
use with AFTRCC before the
Commission will grant a STA. The STAs
have provided the applicants access to
up to 90 megahertz of spectrum in the
1435–1525 MHz band, and only when
that spectrum is not subject to AMT use
at the specified times and locations.
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
Operators generally use equipment that
has been specially developed or
modified for use of the 1.4 GHz band
spectrum.
83. In the NPRM, the Commission
proposed making the 1.4 GHz band
spectrum available for use by wireless
microphones on a secondary licensed
basis, with use limited to licensed
professional users at specified locations
and times operating pursuant to
specified safeguards designed to protect
AMT use of the band. It sought general
comment on the suitability of this
spectrum for wireless microphone
operations, and stated its commitment
to ensuring that any wireless
microphones operating in this spectrum
are spectrally efficient and frequency
agile.
84. While the Commission sought to
provide wireless microphone users in
need of additional spectrum resources
with access to the 1.4 GHz band
spectrum to help accommodate those
needs, it contemplated only limited use
of this spectrum and did not propose to
open it for either widespread or
itinerant uses throughout the nation. In
particular, the Commission proposed
that wireless microphone uses be
restricted to specific fixed locations,
such as large venues (whether outdoor
or indoor), where there may be a need
to deploy large numbers of microphones
(e.g., 100 or more), and only at specified
times. It proposed limiting eligibility to
professional users, including
broadcasters, professional television and
cable programmers, and professional
sound engineering companies, and
operators at major venues that manage
and coordinate wireless microphone
operations, i.e., the entities eligible for
licensed LPAS operations in the TV
bands. In proposing to require prior
coordination with AFTRCC, the
Commission sought comment on
specific coordination mechanisms that
would ensure that wireless microphone
operations only occur at the locations
and times where authorized, and would
be effective in preventing the use of
these devices at any other location or
time without authorization.
85. In considering the appropriate
framework for wireless microphone
operations in the band, the Commission
noted that it already permits secondary,
low power short-range Medical Body
Area Network (MBAN) devices to share
use of another band where AMT
operations are primary (i.e., the 2360–
2390 MHz band) pursuant to a specified
coordination process. The Commission
asked about the extent to which the
rules for MBAN operations might serve
as a model for rules that it should adopt
for wireless microphone operations in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
the 1.4 GHz band. MBAN device
operators are required to register each
device with the frequency coordinator
and provide specified information—
including the frequencies to be used, the
location of the devices, the power levels
used, and point of contact information
regarding the entity responsible for the
MBAN device operations. MBAN
devices also must cease transmission in
the absence of a control message. The
Commission further noted that, as part
of the MBAN proceeding, it had
recognized that specific tools, such as
electronic keys, could be useful to
coordinators as they sought to achieve
mutually agreeable coordination
agreements.
86. The Commission sought comment
on requiring that wireless microphone
systems, which often are moved from
one location to another (e.g., when used
to cover different events), could only
operate through use of an automatic
mechanism (such as an electronic key,
and location-awareness capability, or
similar mechanisms) that would serve to
prevent wireless microphones from
operating unless on approved
frequencies in the 1.4 GHz band at the
approved location/venue(s) during
approved time(s). In addition, the
Commission invited comment on
whether it should adopt point-of-sale
restrictions that would enable only
entities licensed to operate in this band
(discussed below) to obtain the devices.
87. To the extent the Commission
decided to authorize wireless
microphone operations in this band, it
sought comment on the technical rules
that would apply to devices that would
use the band, including considerations
designed to ensure that the primary
AMT operations would be protected. It
asked whether the technical rules
should be the similar to those that apply
to wireless microphones that operate in
other bands, as well as whether ETSI
standards should be adopted for those
devices. To preserve maximum
flexibility for wireless microphone
operations in the band, it inquired
whether it should require wireless
microphones to have the capability of
tuning across the band, as well as
whether wireless microphones designed
to operate in the 1.4 GHz band should
have modular transmitting components
that, if necessary, could be replaced to
enhance frequency agility. In addition,
the Commission asked whether there
should be an interim process for
permitting wireless microphone
operations in the band as any necessary
new devices are being made, and what
device certification process should be
employed. Finally, consistent with its
proposal, the Commission envisioned
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
71715
adding a secondary mobile except
aeronautical mobile service allocation to
the 1435–1525 MHz band for limited
use under the service rules it adopts for
the band.
88. As proposed in the NPRM, the
Commission authorized limited use of
the 1.4 GHz band for licensed wireless
microphones operations, with
secondary status in the band in the table
of allocations, and only provided that
certain conditions and safeguards
designed to protect AMT services are
met. Experience through the STA
process demonstrates that, under proper
conditions, wireless microphones will
be able to operate in this band without
interfering with the critical aeronautical
flight test operations that rely on
primary access to this spectrum.
Eligibility to use this band will be
restricted to professional users (to
include broadcasters, professional
television and cable programmers, and
professional sound engineering
companies, and operators at major
venues that manage and coordinate
wireless microphone operations). The
Commission also adopted Shure’s
recommendation, and will permit 200
kHz analog and digital masks and adopt
the emission masks in Section 8.3 of
ETSI standard EN 300–422–1 v1.4.2
(2011–08), with power levels of up to
250mW consistent with the rules for
UHF operations in the TV bands. To
accommodate this limited use, the
Commission is adding a new footnote,
US84, to the Table of Frequency
Allocations. This footnote explicitly
permits secondary wireless microphone
use in the 1435–1525 MHz band, which
is already allocated to the mobile
service on a primary basis but restricted
to aeronautical telemetry.
89. As proposed in the NPRM, the
Commission is only authorizing limited
use of this spectrum for licensed
wireless microphone uses, where access
may be important for certain specified
events. It is not opening up this band
either for widespread use or for itinerant
uses throughout the nation. In
particular, it is restricting use to specific
fixed locations, such as large venues
(whether outdoor or indoor), where
there is a need to deploy large numbers
of microphones (typically 100 or more)
for specified time periods, for situations
in which the other available spectrum
resources are insufficient.
90. Protection of primary service in
the band by this new secondary service
is of paramount importance. Wireless
microphone use in the band must be
coordinated with the non-governmental
coordinator for assignment of flight test
frequencies in the band (i.e., AFTRCC),
and authentication and location
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
71716
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
verification will be required before a
coordinated wireless microphone begins
operation. Wireless microphones
operating in this band must also be
tunable across the entire 1435–1525
MHz band, as recommended by
AFTRCC. This capability will facilitate
coordination with incumbent users
whose aeronautical testing may be
variable across the band. Additionally,
the Commission will authorize all
microphones operating in a particular
area to access no more than 30
megahertz in the 1435–1525 MHz band.
This requirement will facilitate
coexistence in the band by ensuring that
wireless microphones operating be able
to coordinate around AMT operations
and by promoting the development of
spectrally efficient technologies (e.g.,
digital technologies). The Commission
also emphasizes that the STA process
remains available to address
extraordinary situations or special
events requiring more spectrum access.
91. The Commission is convinced that
many of the elements that led to the
successful adoption of the final MBAN
service rules will also promote licensed
secondary wireless microphone use of
the 1.4 GHz band. Chief among these
will be the cooperation of the AMT
community in recognizing opportunities
to share use of the band in those
locations and times that will not
interfere with the critical existing
primary use, and the implementation of
a coordination process to allow for such
determinations in a timely and effective
manner. However, the Commission
recognizes that this coordination
scenario is different from the MBANs
case in that the secondary use will not
be restricted to indoor locations in
relatively limited and well-defined
geographic places (i.e., hospitals). The
Commission thinks there is good basis
for AFTRCC’s suggestions that
equipment authentication be done
through an automated mechanism and
repeated regularly, that the equipment
be designed to automatically cease
operation in the absence of such
registration and authentication, and that
the equipment incorporate a geolocation
capability more sophisticated than the
manual entry of coordinates.
Accordingly, the Commission will
require manufacturers to design, and
operators to use, software-based controls
(or similar functionality) to prevent
devices from operating in the band
except in the specific channels
coordinated with AFTRCC for any given
location.
92. The Commission will leave the
details of these matters for resolution at
a future time, to be informed by further
negotiation between manufacturers and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
the flight test community. It is also not
mandating, at this time, the use of a
specific coordinator or coordinators to
represent the wireless microphone
community (analogous to the MBAN
coordinator). The decision as to whether
such a coordinator may be appropriate
for the professional licensed wireless
microphone user base (and
consideration of whether such a
coordinator would provide sufficient
user oversight so as to allow greater
flexibility in how 1.4 GHz wireless
microphone equipment may be
designed) will be better informed after
further discussion by the interested
parties.
93. The Commission’s intent is to
provide a stable new environment for
professional wireless microphone users,
but it must also be mindful of the fact
that, as noted above, wireless
microphone use of the 1.4 GHz band
will operate pursuant to a secondary
allocation. In light of this regulatory
status, and considering the history of
wireless microphone users having to
replace equipment as band availability
has evolved, the Commission strongly
encourages parties designing equipment
for this band to incorporate design
elements—such as modular transmitting
components or wider tuning capability
extending to other bands—that will
allow the greatest future flexibility
should regulatory circumstances ever
change. The Commission reminds
licensees and manufacturers that they
will bear the future cost of any such
changes and, therefore, that relatively
small upfront costs to increase
flexibility may prevent much greater
costs associated with replacing
equipment in the unforeseeable future.
It intends to continue a dialog with the
wireless microphone community so that
licensees and manufacturers will be able
to anticipate, well in advance, any new
developments (e.g., the availability of
other bands for wireless microphones)
that might inform the design of new
equipment.
94. While the Commission concludes
that the costs of the particular
requirements it is establishing for
wireless microphone use of the 1.4 GHz
band are outweighed by the benefits of
allowing licensed secondary use in a
band that would otherwise not be
available, it recognizes that the
requirements are likely to limit 1.4 GHz
wireless microphone use to a relatively
limited community of professional
users. The limited size of the user pool
will facilitate coordinated use of the
band and mitigate successfully
AFTRCC’s concerns regarding
unauthorized users. The Commission
also expects wireless microphone
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
manufactures to continue to innovate
and find further operational efficiencies,
and believe that they will be able to
draw on the experiences of MBAN
proponents as they develop equipment
designed to operate in the AMT space.
Finally, because the Commission will
continue to allow for the existing
coordinated use of this band under the
STA process, it is not establishing an
interim process for permitting wireless
microphone use under the new
procedures pending the development of
new equipment and final coordination
and registration requirements.
8. 3.5 GHz Band
95. In the NPRM, the Commission
noted the 3.5 GHz Band FNPRM
adopted earlier in 2014, in which it
sought comment various potential uses
of the 3.5 GHz band as it developed
rules for operating in that band, see 79
FR 31247, June 2, 2014. It made clear
that all of the issues regarding the
policies and rules for operations in the
3.5 GHz proceeding would be decided
in that proceeding, but nonetheless
sought general comment on whether
wireless microphone operations
potentially could be employed in the 3.5
GHz band to help accommodate
particular needs of users.
96. In April 2015, the Commission
adopted rules for commercial use of 150
megahertz in the 3.5 GHz band, see 80
FR 34119, June 15, 2015. These rules
specified a federal/non-federal sharing
arrangement of that band as part of a
broader three-tiered sharing framework,
which included Priority Access and
General Authorized Access (GAA) tiers
of service for commercial wireless use.
This band potentially can provide
opportunities for wireless microphone
operations. Both tiers of service are
open to any party eligible for a
Commission license and could provide
opportunities for wireless microphone
operations.
9. 6875–7125 MHz Band
97. As the Commission discussed in
the NPRM, the 6875–7125 MHz band (7
GHz band) has long been authorized for
shared co-primary use for fixed
microwave operations among TV BAS
stations (including television studiotransmitter links, television relay
stations, and television translator relay
stations) under part 74 and cable
television relay stations (CARS) under
part 78 of its rules. Broadcast network
and cable entities may also use the band
on a secondary basis for mobile or
temporary fixed microwave operations
for TV and CARS pickup stations. In
addition, broadcasters can operate
certain BAS facilities in the 7 GHz band
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
on a short-term, secondary basis without
prior authorization for up to 720 hours
a year. The BAS stations make it
possible for television and radio stations
and networks to transmit program
materials from the sites of breaking
news stories or other live events to
television studios for inclusion in
broadcast programs. The CARS stations
enable cable operators to distribute
programming to microwave hubs where
it is impossible or too expensive to run
cable and to cover live events. In 2011,
the Commission also authorized Fixed
Services (FS) microwave operations
under part 101 (for Private, Common
Carrier, or Public Safety microwave
systems) to share use of the band, on a
co-primary basis, but only in areas
where BAS and CARS television pickup
operations are not licensed and not on
two 25 megahertz channels in the
middle of the band reserved for TV
pickup stations (channels at 6975–7000
MHz and 7000–7025 MHz).
98. The 250 megahertz in the 7 GHz
band is comprised of ten 25 megahertz
channels. BAS and CARS licensees may
be authorized to operate both fixed and
mobile stations on any of these
channels, and FS licensees on all but
two of them (as noted above). The
Commission has not otherwise adopted
a formal, nationwide segmentation plan
for the 7 GHz band to separate fixed and
mobile operation. BAS and CARS
licensees are authorized to operate on
25 megahertz channels, FS operators
may be authorized to operate on 25
megahertz channels or on smaller
channels of 5, 8.33 or 12.5 megahertz.
Furthermore, all fixed BAS, CARS, and
part 101 FS stations must engage in the
same frequency coordination process
required of all part 101 services,
whereas temporary fixed or mobile TV
pickup services continue to be subject to
informal coordination procedures
within their service areas.
99. In the NPRM, the Commission
proposed to permit licensed wireless
microphone operations on available
channels in this band, on a secondary
basis, for entities eligible to hold BAS or
CARS licenses. Considering the
likelihood of significant areas of unused
spectrum throughout this band, the
Commission sought comment on
whether spectrum in this band could be
made available for relatively low power,
short-range wireless microphone
operations without interfering with
existing services. Given that BAS and
CARS licensees already use the 7 GHz
band for certain types of video
applications and programming
production, it asked whether there
would be synergies in permitting
wireless microphone operations that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
could supplement those existing
applications. The Commission sought
comment on particular rules that could
facilitate wireless microphone
operations in the band while also
protecting existing services, specifically
inquiring whether it should make
spectrum in all of the 7 GHz band
available for wireless microphone
operations on a secondary, noninterfering basis, or only make certain
portions of the 7 GHz band available for
wireless microphone operations. It also
sought comment on what technical rules
(LPAS or otherwise) would best
facilitate wireless microphone
operations in the band, whether such
rules should include the ETSI
standards, and what if any interference
criteria such as geographic exclusion
zones or OOBE limits would protect
incumbent services in the band. Given
that coordination among licensees
currently is required, the Commission
asked to what extent formal or informal
coordination of wireless microphone
operations should be required—i.e.,
whether wireless microphone users
could share operations among
themselves on the same private-sector,
frequency-coordinated basis that exists
for the use of BAS mobile shared
spectrum. Finally, it sought comment on
the availability of wireless microphone
equipment for this band.
100. The Commission will permit
BAS and CARS eligible entities, as well
as the other entities eligible to hold
LPAS licenses under part 74, to operate
wireless microphones on a licensed,
secondary basis in the 7 GHz band on
two 25 megahertz channels that it will
set aside for such use on the top and
bottom channels of this band (6875–
6900 MHz and 7100–7125 MHz). It
declines to make the entire band
available for wireless microphone use
because there has been no
demonstration that there is a need for all
250 megahertz of spectrum to be made
available for wireless microphone use.
The Commission is particularly
concerned about compatibility between
wireless microphones and itinerant BAS
operations in the two channels reserved
for nationwide use. SBE originally
supported use of one 25 megahertz
channel in the band, and by offering
twice as much spectrum, the
Commission hopes to create the
necessary flexibility for wireless
microphones to opportunistically find
frequencies they can use on a secondary
basis without interfering with, or
receiving interference from, primary
users with whom they must share and
who typically operate at a higher power.
Additionally, the Commission is
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
71717
reassured in its approach to the 7 GHz
band by the commenters stating that
equipment for these bands is readily
available internationally and could be
easily brought to market. While
Broadcast Sports, Incorporated (BSI)
favored setting aside 13 megahertz
spectrum segments only for wireless
microphone use on a primary basis, the
Commission declines to do so because
the 7 GHz band should remain fully
available for BAS, CARS, and point-topoint operations. It is concerned that
granting LPAS exclusive or co-primary
status could impede the growth of the
important existing uses of the band.
Furthermore, under the Commission’s
existing rules, LPAS users are required
to avoid causing harmful interference to
any other class of station authorized
under its rules or the Table of
Allocations. BSI has not explained why
a different rule is necessary or
appropriate in the 7 GHz band.
Moreover, the Commission has
endeavored to make two 25 megahertz
channels available at the top and bottom
of the band (more than BSI requested)
so that wireless microphones will have
additional flexibility to select specific
frequencies within the channel that will
not cause interference to other services
in the bands.
101. With respect to coordination,
generally, in lieu of mandating specific
interference criteria in its rules, the
Commission expects applicants and
licensees to work out interference issues
in the frequency coordination process.
FS, BAS, and CARS (other than mobile
or temporary fixed operations) already
operate in the 7 GHz band subject to a
formal Part 101 coordination process
pursuant to which all fixed station
applicants must provide affected
licensees and contemporaneous
applicants with 30-day prior
notification and an opportunity to
participate in frequency coordination
before filing their applications with the
Commission. Mobile and temporary
fixed stations are generally coordinated
through local SBE coordinators
pursuant to the requirements in section
74.638(d). The Commission will require
new wireless microphone operations in
the band to coordinate their operations
through the local SBE coordinator. It
will permit licensees to aggregate
channels in these bands for wider-band
transmission. Finally, it will apply the
same part 74 technical rules applicable
to wireless microphones in the TV
broadcast bands to their operations in
these bands, require that wireless
microphones comply with the emission
masks in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300
422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08) and will require
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
71718
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
that emissions beyond +/¥1 MHz from
the carrier or center frequency to be
attenuated by 90 dB.
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
10. Ultra-Wideband
102. The Commission’s rules for ultrawideband (UWB) unlicensed devices are
set forth in part 15, subpart F. Operating
pursuant to the technical rules set forth
in part 15, UWB devices can use
spectrum occupied by existing radio
services without causing harmful
interference, thereby permitting scarce
spectrum resources to be used more
efficiently. Wireless microphones
operating under these rules would be
required to operate pursuant to the
UWB rules for communications systems,
which permit operations in the 3.1–10.6
GHz band. Under the UWB rules, these
devices must be designed to ensure that
operation can occur indoors only, or
must consist of hand-held devices that
may be employed for such activities as
peer-to-peer operation. The Commission
noted that at least one wireless
microphone manufacturer has
developed and markets wireless
microphones that operate under these
rules.
103. In the NPRM, the Commission
sought comment on the current and
potential uses of UWB devices for
wireless microphone applications. It
asked whether there are there particular
uses for which wireless microphones
operating under UWB rules are well
suited, such as indoor and/or shortrange operations, and whether
manufacturers are promoting the use of
UWB wireless microphones for
particular applications. Finally, it
invited comment regarding steps that it
should take to facilitate use of UWB
devices for wireless microphone uses. It
did not propose or seek comment on
any rule revisions that would be
designed to accommodate wireless
microphone applications.
104. While the Commission did not
propose, nor is it adopting, any changes
to these rules, it does encourage further
developments that can enable various
wireless microphone applications to
meet particular consumers’ needs. Any
changes to the existing rules would
require much more extensive technical
justification and analyses, as an initial
matter, which are not before the
Commission.
11. Other Potential Bands
105. In the NPRM, the Commission
invited comment on whether there are
other bands not currently available for
wireless microphone operations that
may be useful in helping to
accommodate their needs, whether in
the nearer term and over the longer
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
term. In particular, the Commission
inquired about the 2020–2025 MHz
band, asking whether this band might be
technically suitable for wireless
microphone operations, the potential
equipment availability, and other issues
that would need to be considered. It also
requested comment on how a decision
to permit wireless microphone
operations in this band would affect its
earlier decision to allocate those five
megahertz for non-federal fixed and
mobile service, whether allowing access
would be helpful in accommodating
wireless microphone operations, and
whether use of this band for wireless
microphones would advance its
spectrum management goals, including
promoting efficient use of spectrum.
106. The Commission declines to take
any action with respect to 2020–2025
MHz at this time. In the NPRM, it asked
commenters who were interested in this
band to address the technical suitability
of this band for wireless microphones,
to identify the potential availability of
equipment for operations in the band,
and to explain how wireless
microphone use would be consistent
with the Commission’s earlier decision
to allocate this band for non-federal
fixed and mobile service. It also sought
comment on how permitting wireless
microphone operations would be
advance spectral efficiency and other
spectrum management goals. While
certain parties express support for using
this band for wireless microphones, the
record currently before the Commission
does not provide sufficient basis to
make this spectrum available for
wireless microphone operations at this
time, particularly in light of the
substantial steps it takes in this R&O to
accommodate wireless microphone
operations in other bands. Accordingly,
while the Commission does not
foreclose future consideration of
wireless microphone operations in the
2020–2025 MHz band, it is not
permitting wireless microphone access
to this band at this time.
III. Procedural Matters
A. Paperwork Reduction Analysis
107. This Report and Order contains
new or modified information collection
requirements subject to the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), Public
Law 104–13. It will be submitted to the
Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) for review under section 3507(d)
of the PRA. OMB, the general public,
and other Federal agencies are invited to
comment on the new or modified
information collection requirements
contained in this proceeding. In
addition, pursuant to the Small
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002,
Public Law 107–198, 44 U.S.C.
3506(c)(4), the Commission previously
sought specific comment on how it
might further reduce the information
collection burden for small business
concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
B. Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
108. As required by the Regulatory
Flexibility Act of 1980, as amended
(RFA),1 and Initial Regulatory
Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) was
incorporated in the in the Notice of
Proposed Rule Making (NPRM),
Promoting Spectrum Access for
Wireless Microphone Operations, GN
Docket No. 14–166 and Expanding the
Economic and Innovation Opportunities
of Spectrum Through Incentive
Auctions, GN Docket No. 12–268.2 The
Commission sought written public
comment on the proposals in the NPRM,
including comment on the IRFA. This
present Final Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis (FRFA) conforms to the RFA.3
C. Need for, and Objectives of, the
Report and Order
109. In this Report and Order, we take
several actions to accommodate wireless
microphone users’ needs in the coming
years. Many types of users employ
wireless microphones in a variety of
settings. Wireless microphone
operations range from professional uses,
with the need for numerous highperformance microphones along with
other microphones, to the need for a
handheld microphone to transmit voice
communications, to a range of different
uses and needs for different numbers of
microphones in different settings.
Through these actions, we seek to
enable wireless microphone users to
have access to a suite of devices that
operate effectively and efficiently in
different spectrum bands and can
address their respective needs.
110. We adopt several changes in our
rules for operations in the TV bands,
where most wireless microphone
operations occur today. With respect to
the TV bands, we revise our rules to
provide more opportunities to access
spectrum by allowing greater use of the
VHF channels and more co-channel
1 See 5 U.S.C. 603. The RFA, see 5 U.S.C. 601–
612, has been amended by the Small Business
Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996
(SBREFA), Pub. L. 104–121, Title II, 110 Stat. 857
(1996).
2 See Promoting Spectrum Access for Wireless
Microphone Operations; GN Docket No. 14–166 and
Expanding the Economic and Innovation
Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive
Auctions, GN Docket 12.268 (FCC 14–145) Notice
of Proposed Rulemaking, 29 FCC Rcd 12343,
adopted September 30, 2014.
3 See 5 U.S.C. 604.
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
operations without the need
coordination where use would not cause
harmful interference to TV service. We
also open up the licensed use of the
duplex gap to all entities eligible to hold
LPAS licenses for using TV band
spectrum. We also will require new
wireless microphones operating in the
TV bands and certain other bands to
meet the more efficient analog and
digital ETSI standards, which will
ensure more efficient use of the
spectrum. In addition, we address
consumer education and outreach
efforts that can help consumers
transition out of the TV band spectrum
that is repurposed for wireless services,
and equipment certification procedures
that will apply to wireless microphones
in the future. We also discuss several
additional actions we are taking with
respect to other spectrum bands
currently available for wireless
microphone operations to enable greater
use of these band to accommodate
wireless microphone uses in the future.
Specifically, we adopt revisions to
provide new opportunities in the 169–
172 MHz band and the 944–952 MHz
band. Finally, we open up three other
sets of spectrum bands—portions of the
941–944MHz and 952–960 MHz bands,
the 1430–1525 MHz band, and the
6875–7125 MHz band—for sharing with
licensed wireless microphone
operations under specified conditions.
D. Summary of Significant Issues Raised
by Public Comments in Response to the
IFRA
111. There were no public comments
filed that specifically addressed the
rules and policies proposed in the IRFA.
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
E. Response to Comments by the Chief
Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
Business Administration
112. Pursuant to the Small Business
Jobs Act of 2010, the Commission is
required to respond to any comments
filed by the Chief Counsel for Advocacy
of the Small Business Administration,
and to provide a detailed statement of
any change made to the proposed rules
as a result of those comments. The Chief
Counsel did not file any comments in
response to the proposed rules in this
proceeding.
F. Description and Estimate of the
Number of Small Entities to Which the
Final Rules Will Apply
113. The RFA directs agencies to
provide a description of and, where
feasible, an estimate of the number of
small entities that may be affected by
the proposed rules, if adopted.4 The
45
U.S.C. 603(b)(3).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
RFA generally defines the term ‘‘small
entity’’ as having the same meaning as
the terms ‘‘small business,’’ ‘‘small
organization,’’ and ‘‘small governmental
jurisdiction.’’ 5 In addition, the term
‘‘small business’’ has the same meaning
as the term ‘‘small business concern’’
under the Small Business Act.6 A small
business concern is one which: (1) Is
independently owned and operated; (2)
is not dominant in its field of operation;
and (3) satisfies any additional criteria
established by the SBA.7
114. Small Businesses, Small
Organizations, and Small Governmental
Jurisdictions. Our action may, over time,
affect small entities that are not easily
categorized at present. We therefore
describe here, at the outset, three
comprehensive, statutory small entity
size standards.8 First, nationwide, there
are a total of 28.2 million small
businesses, according to the SBA.9 In
addition, a ‘‘small organization’’ is
generally ‘‘any not-for-profit enterprise
which is independently owned and
operated and is not dominant in its
field.’’ 10 Nationwide, as of 2012, there
were approximately 2,300,000 small
organizations.11 Finally, the term ‘‘small
governmental jurisdiction’’ is defined
generally as ‘‘governments of cities,
towns, townships, villages, school
districts, or special districts, with a
population of less than fifty
thousand.’’ 12 Census Bureau data for
2012 indicate that there were 90,056
local governments in the United
States.13 Thus, we estimate that most
governmental jurisdictions are small.
115. Low Power Auxiliary Station
(LPAS) Licensees. Existing LPAS
operations are intended for uses such as
wireless microphones, cue and control
communications, and synchronization
of TV camera signals. These low power
55
U.S.C. 601(6).
U.S.C. 601(3) (incorporating by reference the
definition of ‘‘small business concern’’ in 15 U.S.C.
632). Pursuant to the RFA, the statutory definition
of a small business applies ‘‘unless an agency, after
consultation with the Office of Advocacy of the
Small Business Administration and after
opportunity for public comment, establishes one or
more definitions of such term which are
appropriate to the activities of the agency and
publishes such definition(s) in the Federal
Register.’’ 5 U.S.C. 601(3).
7 Small Business Act, 15 U.S.C. 632 (1996).
8 See 5 U.S.C. 601(3)–(6).
9 See SBA, Office of Advocacy, ‘‘Frequently
Asked Questions,’’ https://www.sba.gov/sites/
default/files/FAQ_March_2014_0.pdf (last visited
May 2, 2014; figures are from 2011).
10 5 U.S.C. 601(4).
11 National Center for Charitable Statistics, The
Nonprofit Almanac (2012).
12 5 U.S.C. 601(5).
13 U.S. Census Bureau, Government Organization
Summary Report: 2012 (rel. Sep. 26, 2013), https://
www2.census.gov/govs/cog/g12_org.pdf (last visited
May 2, 2014).
71719
auxiliary stations transmit over
distances of approximately 100
meters.14 The appropriate LPAS size
standard under SBA rules is for the
category Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers (except Satellite). The size
standard for that category is that a
business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees.15 For this category, census
data for 2007 show that there were 1,383
firms that operated for the entire year.16
Of this total, 1,368 firms had
employment of 999 or fewer employees
and 15 had employment of 1000
employees or more.17 Thus, using this
data, we estimate that the majority of
wireless firms can be considered small.
There are a total of more than 1,200 Low
Power Auxiliary Station (LPAS) licenses
in all bands and a total of over 600
LPAS licenses in the UHF spectrum.18
116. Low Power Auxiliary Device
Manufacturers: Radio and Television
Broadcasting and Wireless
Communications Equipment
Manufacturing. The Census Bureau
defines this category as follows: ‘‘This
industry comprises establishments
primarily engaged in manufacturing
radio and television broadcast and
wireless communications equipment.
Examples of products made by these
establishments are: Transmitting and
receiving antennas, cable television
equipment, GPS equipment, pagers,
cellular phones, mobile
communications equipment, and radio
and television studio and broadcasting
equipment.’’ 19 The SBA has developed
a small business size standard for Radio
and Television Broadcasting and
Wireless Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, which is: All such firms
having 750 or fewer employees.20
According to Census Bureau data for
2007, there were a total of 939
establishments in this category that
65
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
14 47
CFR 74.801.
CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 517210).
16 U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5,
Information: Subject Series—Establishment and
Firm Size: Employment Size of Firms for the United
States: 2007 (NAICS code 517210), https://
factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/
pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_
51SSSZ5.
17 Id. Available census data do not provide a more
precise estimate of the number of firms that have
employment of 1,500 or fewer employees; the
largest category provided is for firms with 1000
employees or more.
18 FCC, Universal Licensing System (ULS),
available at https://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/
index.htm?job=home (last visited May 13, 2014).
19 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
334220 Radio and Television Broadcasting and
Wireless Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/
sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334220&search=2012
(last visited May 6, 2014).
20 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 334220.
15 13
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
71720
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
operated for the entire year.21 Of this
total, 912 establishments had
employment of less than 500, and an
additional 10 establishments had
employment of 500 to 999.22 Thus,
under this size standard, the majority of
firms can be considered small.
117. Low Power Auxiliary Device
Manufacturers: Other Communications
Equipment Manufacturing. The Census
Bureau defines this category as follows:
‘‘This industry comprises
establishments primarily engaged in
manufacturing communications
equipment (except telephone apparatus,
and radio and television broadcast, and
wireless communications
equipment).’’ 23 The SBA has developed
a small business size standard for Other
Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, which is: All such firms
having 750 or fewer employees.24
According to Census Bureau data for
2007, there were a total of 452
establishments in this category that
operated for the entire year.25 Of this
total, 448 establishments had
employment below 500, and an
additional 4 establishments had
employment of 500 to 999.26 Thus,
21 U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3,
Manufacturing: Summary Series: General Summary:
Industry Statistics for Subsectors and Industries by
Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334220),
https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/
jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_
31SG3. The number of ‘‘establishments’’ is a less
helpful indicator of small business prevalence in
this context than would be the number of ‘‘firms’’
or ‘‘companies,’’ because the latter take into account
the concept of common ownership or control. Any
single physical location for an entity is an
establishment, even though that location may be
owned by a different establishment. Thus, the
numbers given may reflect inflated numbers of
businesses in this category, including the numbers
of small businesses.
22 Id. An additional 17 establishments had
employment of 1,000 or more.
23 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
334290 Other Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/
sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334290&search=2012
(last visited May 6, 2014).
24 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 334290.
25 U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3,
Manufacturing: Summary Series: General Summary:
Industry Statistics for Subsectors and Industries by
Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334290),
https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/
jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_
31SG3&prodType=table (last visited May 6, 2014).
The number of ‘‘establishments’’ is a less helpful
indicator of small business prevalence in this
context than would be the number of ‘‘firms’’ or
‘‘companies,’’ because the latter take into account
the concept of common ownership or control. Any
single physical location for an entity is an
establishment, even though that location may be
owned by a different establishment. Thus, the
numbers given may reflect inflated numbers of
businesses in this category, including the numbers
of small businesses.
26 Id. There were no establishments that had
employment of 1,000 or more.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:48 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
under this size standard, the majority of
firms can be considered small.
118. Television Broadcasting. This
Economic Census category ‘‘comprises
establishments primarily engaged in
broadcasting images together with
sound. These establishments operate
television broadcasting studios and
facilities for the programming and
transmission of programs to the
public.’’ 27 The SBA has created the
following small business size standard
for Television Broadcasting firms: Those
having $38.5 million or less in annual
receipts.28 The Commission has
estimated the number of licensed
commercial television stations to be
1,388.29 In addition, according to
Commission staff review of the BIA
Advisory Services, LLC’s Media Access
Pro Television Database on March 28,
2012, about 950 of an estimated 1,300
commercial television stations (or
approximately 73 percent) had revenues
of $14 million or less.30 We therefore
estimate that the majority of commercial
television broadcasters are small
entities.
119. We note, however, that in
assessing whether a business concern
qualifies as small under the above
definition, business (control) affiliations
must be included.31 Our estimate,
therefore, likely overstates the number
of small entities that might be affected
by our action because the revenue figure
on which it is based does not include or
aggregate revenues from affiliated
companies. In addition, an element of
the definition of ‘‘small business’’ is that
the entity not be dominant in its field
of operation. We are unable at this time
to define or quantify the criteria that
would establish whether a specific
television station is dominant in its field
of operation. Accordingly, the estimate
of small businesses to which rules may
apply does not exclude any television
station from the definition of a small
business on this basis and is therefore
possibly over-inclusive to that extent.
120. In addition, the Commission has
estimated the number of licensed
27 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
515120 Television Broadcasting, (partial definition),
https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?
code=515120&search=2012 (last visited May 6,
2014).
28 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 515120) (updated
for inflation in 2010).
29 See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station
Totals as of December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8,
2014), https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/
Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
30 We recognize that BIA’s estimate differs
slightly from the FCC total given.
31 ‘‘[Business concerns] are affiliates of each other
when one concern controls or has the power to
control the other or a third party or parties controls
or has to power to control both.’’ 13 CFR
21.103(a)(1).
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
noncommercial educational (NCE)
television stations to be 396.32 These
stations are non-profit, and therefore
considered to be small entities.33
121. There are also 2,414 low power
television stations, including Class A
stations and 4,046 television translator
stations.34 Given the nature of these
services, we will presume that all of
these entities qualify as small entities
under the above SBA small business
size standard.
122. Cable Television Distribution
Services. Since 2007, these services
have been defined within the broad
economic census category of Wired
Telecommunications Carriers; that
category is defined as follows: ‘‘This
industry comprises establishments
primarily engaged in operating and/or
providing access to transmission
facilities and infrastructure that they
own and/or lease for the transmission of
voice, data, text, sound, and video using
wired telecommunications networks.
Transmission facilities may be based on
a single technology or a combination of
technologies.’’ 35 The SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for this category, which is: All
such firms having 1,500 or fewer
employees.36 Census data for 2007
shows that there were 3,188 firms that
operated for the duration of that year.37
Of those, 3,144 had fewer than 1,000
employees, and 44 firms had more than
1,000 employees. Thus under this
category and the associated small
business size standard, the majority of
such firms can be considered small.
123. Cable Companies and Systems.
The Commission has also developed its
own small business size standards, for
the purpose of cable rate regulation.
Under the Commission’s rules, a ‘‘small
32 See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station
Totals as of December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8,
2014), https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/
Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
33 See generally 5 U.S.C. 601(4), (6).
34 See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station
Totals as of December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8,
2014), https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/
Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
35 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
517110 Wired Telecommunications Carriers,
https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/
naicsrch?code=517110&search=2012 (last visited
May 5, 2014).
36 U.S. Small Business Administration, Table of
Small Business Size Standards Matched to North
American Industry Classification System Codes, at
28 (2014), https://www.sba.gov/sites/default/files/
files/size_table_01222014.pdf.
37 See U.S. Census Bureau, American FactFinder,
2007 Economic Census of the United States, Table
No. EC0751SSSZ5, Establishment and Firm Size:
Employment Size of Firms for the United States:
2007, NAICS code 517110, https://
factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/
pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_
51SSSZ5 (last visited May 7, 2014).
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
cable company’’ is one serving 400,000
or fewer subscribers, nationwide.38
Industry data indicate that of
approximately 1,100 cable operators
nationwide, all but ten are small under
this size standard.39 In addition, under
the Commission’s rules, a ‘‘small
system’’ is a cable system serving 15,000
or fewer subscribers.40 Current
Commission records show 4,945 cable
systems nationwide.41 Of this total,
4,380 cable systems have fewer than
20,000 subscribers, and 565 systems
have 20,000 or more subscribers, based
on the same records. Thus, under this
standard, we estimate that most cable
systems are small entities.
124. Cable System Operators. The
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, also contains a size standard
for small cable system operators, which
is ‘‘a cable operator that, directly or
through an affiliate, serves in the
aggregate fewer than 1 percent of all
subscribers in the United States and is
not affiliated with any entity or entities
whose gross annual revenues in the
aggregate exceed $250,000,000.’’ 42 The
Commission has determined that an
operator serving fewer than 677,000
subscribers shall be deemed a small
operator, if its annual revenues, when
combined with the total annual
revenues of all its affiliates, do not
exceed $250 million in the aggregate.43
Industry data indicate that of
approximately 1,100 cable operators
nationwide, all but ten are small under
this size standard.44 We note that the
Commission neither requests nor
collects information on whether cable
system operators are affiliated with
38 47 CFR 76.901(e). The Commission determined
that this size standard equates approximately to a
size standard of $100 million or less in annual
revenues. Implementation of Sections of the 1992
Cable Act: Rate Regulation, Sixth Report and Order
and Eleventh Order on Reconsideration, 10 FCC
Rcd 7393, 7408 (1995).
39 Industry Data, National Cable &
Telecommunications Association, https://
www.ncta.com/industry-data (last visited May 6,
2014); R.R. Bowker, Broadcasting & Cable Yearbook
2010, ‘‘Top 25 Cable/Satellite Operators,’’ p. C–2
(data current as of December, 2008).
40 47 CFR 76.901(c).
41 The number of active, registered cable systems
comes from the Commission’s Cable Operations and
Licensing System (COALS) database on Aug. 28,
2013. A cable system is a physical system integrated
to a principal headend.
42 47 U.S.C. 543(m)(2); see 47 CFR 76.901(f) & nn.
1–3.
43 47 CFR 76.901(f); see Public Notice, FCC
Announces New Subscriber Count for the Definition
of Small Cable Operator, DA 01–158 (Cable
Services Bureau, Jan. 24, 2001).
44 R.R. Bowker, Broadcasting & Cable Yearbook
2006, ‘‘Top 25 Cable/Satellite Operators,’’ pages
A–8 & C–2 (data current as of June 30, 2005);
Warren Communications News, Television & Cable
Factbook 2006, ‘‘Ownership of Cable Systems in the
United States,’’ pp. D–1805 to D–1857.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
entities whose gross annual revenues
exceed $250 million,45 and therefore we
are unable to estimate more accurately
the number of cable system operators
that would qualify as small under this
size standard.
125. Direct Broadcast Satellite
(‘‘DBS’’) Service. DBS service is a
nationally distributed subscription
service that delivers video and audio
programming via satellite to a small
parabolic ‘‘dish’’ antenna at the
subscriber’s location. DBS, by
exception, is now included in the SBA’s
broad economic census category, Wired
Telecommunications Carriers,46 which
was developed for small wireline firms.
Under this category, the SBA deems a
wireline business to be small if it has
1,500 or fewer employees.47 To gauge
small business prevalence for the DBS
service, the Commission relies on data
currently available from the U.S. Census
for the year 2007. According to that
source, there were 3,188 firms that in
2007 were Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Of these, 3,144 operated with
less than 1,000 employees, and 44
operated with more than 1,000
employees. However, as to the latter 44
there is no data available that shows
how many operated with more than
1,500 employees. Based on this data, the
majority of these firms can be
considered small.48 Currently, only two
entities provide DBS service, which
requires a great investment of capital for
operation: DIRECTV and EchoStar
Communications Corporation
(‘‘EchoStar’’) (marketed as the DISH
Network).49 Each currently offers
subscription services. DIRECTV 50 and
EchoStar 51 each report annual revenues
45 The Commission does receive such information
on a case-by-case basis if a cable operator appeals
a local franchise authority’s finding that the
operator does not qualify as a small cable operator
pursuant to 76.901(f) of the Commission’s rules. See
47 CFR 76.909(b).
46 See 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 517110).
47 Id.
48 See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No.
EC0751SSSZ5, Information: Subject Series—
Establishment and Firm Size: Employment Size of
Firms for the United States: 2007 (NAICS code
517110), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/
tableservices/jsf/pages/
productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ5.
49 See Annual Assessment of the Status of
Competition in the Market for the Delivery of Video
Programming, Fifteenth Annual Report, MB Docket
No. 12–203, 28 FCC Rcd 10496, 10507, para. 27
(2013) (‘‘15th Annual Report’’).
50 As of June 2012, DIRECTV is the largest DBS
operator and the second largest MVPD, serving an
estimated 19.8% of MVPD subscribers nationwide.
See 15th Annual Report, 28 FCC Rcd at 687, Table
B–3.
51 As of June 2012, DISH Network is the second
largest DBS operator and the third largest MVPD,
serving an estimated 13.01% of MVPD subscribers
nationwide. Id. As of June 2006, Dominion served
fewer than 500,000 subscribers, which may now be
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
71721
that are in excess of the threshold for a
small business. Because DBS service
requires significant capital, we believe it
is unlikely that a small entity as defined
by the SBA would have the financial
wherewithal to become a DBS service
provider.
126. Cable and Other Subscription
Programming. This industry comprises
establishments primarily engaged in
operating studios and facilities for the
broadcasting of programs on a
subscription or fee basis. The broadcast
programming is typically narrowcast in
nature (e.g., limited format, such as
news, sports, education, or youthoriented). These establishments produce
programming in their own facilities or
acquire programming. The programming
material is usually delivered to a third
party, such as cable systems or directto-home satellite systems, for
transmission to viewers.52 The SBA size
standard for this industry establishes as
small any company in this category
which receives annual receipts of $38.5
million or less.53 Based on U.S. Census
data for 2007, a total of 659
establishments operated for the entire
year.54 Of that 659, 197 operated with
annual receipts of $10 million or more.
The remaining 462 establishments
operated with annual receipts of less
than $10 million. Based on this data, the
Commission estimates that the majority
of establishments operating in this
industry are small.
127. Radio and Television
Broadcasting and Wireless
Communications Equipment
Manufacturing. The Census Bureau
defines this category as follows: ‘‘This
industry comprises establishments
primarily engaged in manufacturing
radio and television broadcast and
wireless communications equipment.
Examples of products made by these
establishments are: Transmitting and
receiving antennas, cable television
equipment, GPS equipment, pagers,
cellular phones, mobile
communications equipment, and radio
and television studio and broadcasting
receiving ‘‘Sky Angel’’ service from DISH Network.
See id. at 581, para. 76.
52 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
515210 Cable and Other Subscription Programming,
https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/
naicsrch?code=515210&search=2012 (last visited
Mar. 6, 2014).
53 See 13 CF R section 121.201 (NAICS code
515210).
54 See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No.
EC0751SSSZ1, Information: Subject Series—
Establishment and Firm Size: Receipts Size of
Establishments for the United States: 2007 (NAICS
code 515210), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/
tableservices/jsf/pages/
productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ1.
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
71722
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
equipment.’’ 55 The SBA has developed
a small business size standard for Radio
and Television Broadcasting and
Wireless Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, which is: All such firms
having 750 or fewer employees.56
According to Census Bureau data for
2007, there were a total of 939
establishments in this category that
operated for part or all of the entire year.
Of this total, 912 had less than 500
employees and 17 had more than 1000
employees.57 Thus, under that size
standard, the majority of firms can be
considered small.
128. Audio and Video Equipment
Manufacturing. The SBA has classified
the manufacturing of audio and video
equipment under in NAICS Codes
classification scheme as an industry in
which a manufacturer is small if it has
fewer than 750 employees.58 Data
contained in the 2007 U.S. Census
indicate that 492 establishments
operated in that industry for all or part
of that year. In that year, 488
establishments had fewer than 500
employees; and only 1 had more than
1000 employees.59 Thus, under the
applicable size standard, a majority of
manufacturers of audio and video
equipment may be considered small.
129. Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers (except satellite). The Census
Bureau defines this category as follows:
‘‘This industry comprises
establishments engaged in operating and
maintaining switching and transmission
facilities to provide communications via
the airwaves. Establishments in this
industry have spectrum licenses and
provide services using that spectrum,
such as cellular phone services, paging
services, wireless Internet access, and
wireless video services.’’ 60 The
appropriate size standard under SBA
55 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
334220 Radio and Television Broadcasting and
Wireless Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/
sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334220&search=2012
(last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
56 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 334220).
57 See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3,
Manufacturing: Summary Series: General
Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors and
Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code
334220), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/
tableservices/jsf/pages/
productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3.
58 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 334310).
59 See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3,
Manufacturing: Summary Series: General
Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors and
Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code
334310), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/
tableservices/jsf/pages/
productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3.
60 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
517210 Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except Satellite), https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/
sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=517210&search=2012
(last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
rules is for the category Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). The size standard for that
category is that a business is small if it
has 1,500 or fewer employees.61 For this
category, census data for 2007 show that
there were 1,383 firms that operated for
the entire year.62 Of this total, 1,368
firms had employment of 999 or fewer
employees and 15 had employment of
1000 employees or more.63 Similarly,
according to Commission data, 413
carriers reported that they were engaged
in the provision of wireless telephony,
including cellular service, PCS, and
Specialized Mobile Radio (‘‘SMR’’)
Telephony services.64 Of these, an
estimated 261 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and 152 have more than
1,500 employees.65 Consequently, the
Commission estimates that
approximately half or more of these
firms can be considered small. Thus,
using available data, we estimate that
the majority of wireless firms can be
considered small.
130. Manufacturers of unlicensed
devices. In the context of this FRFA,
manufacturers of part 15 unlicensed
devices that are operated in the UHF–
TV band (channels 14–51) for wireless
data transfer fall into the category of
Radio and Television and Wireless
Communications Equipment
Manufacturing. The Census Bureau
defines this category as follows: ‘‘This
industry comprises establishments
primarily engaged in manufacturing
radio and television broadcast and
wireless communications equipment.
Examples of products made by these
establishments are: Transmitting and
receiving antennas, cable television
equipment, GPS equipment, pagers,
cellular phones, mobile
communications equipment, and radio
and television studio and broadcasting
equipment.’’ 66 The SBA has developed
the small business size standard for this
category as firms having 750 or fewer
61 13
CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 517210).
Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5,
Information: Subject Series—Establishment and
Firm Size: Employment Size of Firms for the United
States: 2007 (NAICS code 517210), https://
factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/
pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_
51SSSZ5.
63 Id. Available census data do not provide a more
precise estimate of the number of firms that have
employment of 1,500 or fewer employees; the
largest category provided is for firms with 1000
employees or more.
64 See Trends in Telephone Service at Table 5.3.
65 See id.
66 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
334220 Radio and Television Broadcasting and
Wireless Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/
sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334220&search=2012
(last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
62 U.S.
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
employees.67 According to Census
Bureau data for 2007, there were a total
of 939 establishments in this category
that operated for the entire year.68 Of
this total, 912 had less than 500
employees and 17 had more than 1000
employees. Thus, under that size
standard, the majority of firms can be
considered small.
131. Personal Radio Services/Wireless
Medical Telemetry Service (‘‘WMTS’’).
Personal radio services provide shortrange, low power radio for personal
communications, radio signaling, and
business communications not provided
for in other services. The Personal Radio
Services include spectrum licensed
under part 95 of our rules.69 These
services include Citizen Band Radio
Service (‘‘CB’’), General Mobile Radio
Service (‘‘GMRS’’), Radio Control Radio
Service (‘‘R/C’’), Family Radio Service
(‘‘FRS’’), Wireless Medical Telemetry
Service (‘‘WMTS’’), Medical Implant
Communications Service (‘‘MICS’’), Low
Power Radio Service (‘‘LPRS’’), and
Multi-Use Radio Service (‘‘MURS’’).70
There are a variety of methods used to
license the spectrum in these rule parts,
from licensing by rule, to conditioning
operation on successful completion of a
required test, to site-based licensing, to
geographic area licensing. Under the
RFA, the Commission is required to
make a determination of which small
entities are directly affected by the rules
adopted. Since all such entities are
wireless, we apply the definition of
Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except Satellite), pursuant to which a
small entity is defined as employing
1,500 or fewer persons.71 For this
category, census data for 2007 show that
there were 1,383 firms that operated for
the entire year.72 Of this total, 1,368
firms had employment of 999 or fewer
67 13
CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 334220).
Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3,
Manufacturing: Summary Series: General
Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors and
Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code
334220), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/
tableservices/jsf/pages/
productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3.
69 47 CFR part 95.
70 The Citizens Band Radio Service, General
Mobile Radio Service, Radio Control Radio Service,
Family Radio Service, Wireless Medical Telemetry
Service, Medical Implant Communications Service,
Low Power Radio Service, and Multi-Use Radio
Service are governed by subpart D, subpart A,
subpart C, subpart B, subpart H, subpart I, subpart
G, and subpart J, respectively, of part 95 of the
Commission’s rules. See generally 47 CFR part 95.
71 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS Code 517210).
72 U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5,
Information: Subject Series—Establishment and
Firm Size: Employment Size of Firms for the United
States: 2007 (NAICS code 517210), https://
factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/
pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_
51SSSZ5.
68 U.S.
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
employees and 15 had employment of
1000 employees or more.73 Thus under
this category and the associated small
business size standard, the Commission
estimates that the majority of personal
radio service and WMTS providers are
small entities.
132. However, we note that many of
the licensees in these services are
individuals, and thus are not small
entities. In addition, due to the mostly
unlicensed and shared nature of the
spectrum utilized in many of these
services, the Commission lacks direct
information upon which to base a more
specific estimation of the number of
small entities under an SBA definition
that might be directly affected by our
action.
133. Motion Picture and Video
Production. The Census Bureau defines
this category as follows: ‘‘This industry
comprises establishments primarily
engaged in producing, or producing and
distributing motion pictures, videos,
television programs, or television
commercials.’’ 74 The SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for this category, which is: All
such businesses having $30 million
dollars or less in annual receipts.75
Census data for 2007 show that there
were 9,478 establishments that operated
that year.76 Of that number, 9,128 had
annual receipts of $24,999,999 or less,
and 350 had annual receipts ranging
from not less than $25,000,000 to
$100,000,000 or more.77 Thus, under
this size standard, the majority of such
businesses can be considered small
entities.
134. Radio Broadcasting. The SBA
defines a radio broadcast station as a
small business if such station has no
more than $38.5 million in annual
receipts.78 Business concerns included
in this industry are those ‘‘primarily
engaged in broadcasting aural programs
by radio to the public.’’ 79 According to
73 Id. Available census data do not provide a more
precise estimate of the number of firms that have
employment of 1,500 or fewer employees; the
largest category provided is for firms with 1000
employees or more.
74 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
512110 Motion Picture and Video Production,
https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/
naicsrch?code=512110&search=2012 (last visited
Mar. 6, 2014).
75 13 CFR 121.201, 2012 NAICS code 512110.
76 U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5,
Information: Subject Series—Establishment and
Firm Size: Employment Size of Firms for the United
States: 2007 (NAICS code 512110), https://
factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/
pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_
51SSSZ5.
77 See id.
78 13 CFR 121.201, 2012 NAICS code 515112.
79 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions:
515112 Radio Broadcasting, https://
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
review of the BIA Publications, Inc.
Master Access Radio Analyzer Database
as of November 26, 2013, about 11,331
(or about 99.9 percent) of 11,341
commercial radio stations have
revenues of $35.5 million or less and
thus qualify as small entities under the
SBA definition. The Commission notes,
however, that, in assessing whether a
business concern qualifies as small
under the above definition, business
(control) affiliations 80 must be
included. This estimate, therefore, likely
overstates the number of small entities
that might be affected, because the
revenue figure on which it is based does
not include or aggregate revenues from
affiliated companies.
135. In addition, an element of the
definition of ‘‘small business’’ is that the
entity not be dominant in its field of
operation. The Commission is unable at
this time to define or quantify the
criteria that would establish whether a
specific radio station is dominant in its
field of operation. Accordingly, the
estimate of small businesses to which
rules may apply does not exclude any
radio station from the definition of a
small business on this basis and
therefore may be over-inclusive to that
extent. Also, as noted, an additional
element of the definition of ‘‘small
business’’ is that the entity must be
independently owned and operated.
The Commission notes that it is difficult
at times to assess these criteria in the
context of media entities and the
estimates of small businesses to which
they apply may be over-inclusive to this
extent.
136. Radio, Television, and Other
Electronics Stores. The Census Bureau
defines this economic census category
as follows: ‘‘This U.S. industry
comprises: (1) establishments known as
consumer electronics stores primarily
engaged in retailing a general line of
new consumer-type electronic products
such as televisions, computers, and
cameras; (2) establishments specializing
in retailing a single line of consumertype electronic products; (3)
establishments primarily engaged in
retailing these new electronic products
in combination with repair and support
services; (4) establishments primarily
engaged in retailing new prepackaged
computer software; and/or (5)
establishments primarily engaged in
retailing prerecorded audio and video
media, such as CDs, DVDs, and
tapes.’’ 81 The SBA has developed a
www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/
naicsrch?code=515112&search=2012 (last visited
Mar. 6, 2014).
80 See n.14.
81 U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions,
443142 Electronics, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
71723
small business size standard for
Electronic Stores, which is: All such
firms having $32.5 million or less in
annual receipts.82 According to Census
Bureau data for 2007, there were 11,358
firms in this category that operated for
the entire year.83 Of this total, 11,323
firms had annual receipts of under $25
million, and 35 firms had receipts of
$25 million or more but less than $50
million.84 Thus, the majority of firms in
this category can be considered small.
G. Description of Projected Reporting,
Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance
Requirements for Small Entities
137. In this proceeding, we invited
comment on potential revisions to the
existing rules for part 74 wireless
microphone (and other LPAS)
operations in the spectrum that will
remain allocated for TV services
following the repacking process.
Specifically, we invited comment on
revisions to the technical rules for LPAS
operations on the VHF band; on
permitting licensed LPAS operations on
channels in locations closer to the
television stations (including within the
DTV contour), without the need for
coordination, provided that the
television signal falls below specified
technical thresholds; on adoption of the
ETSI emission mask standard for analog
and digital wireless microphones; and
general comment on other potential
revisions concerning licensed LPAS
operations in the TV bands.
138. We understand the importance of
the 944–952 MHz band for broadcasters
as well as other licensed, professional
wireless microphone users. Consistent
with this record and in accord with
adoption of the ETSI standard for LPAS
devices in the TV bands. we also adopt
the ETSI standards EN 300 422–1,
section 8.3.1.2 for analog emissions and
section 8.3.2.2 for digital emissions
uniformly for future wireless
microphones that will use this band—
applying these revised standards to new
sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=443142&search=2012
NAICS Search (last visited May 6, 2014).
82 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 443142.
83 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census,
Subject Series: Retail Trade, Estab & Firm Size:
Summary Statistics by Sales Size of Firms for the
United States: 2007, NAICS code 443142 (released
2010), https://www2.census.gov/econ2007/EC/
sector44/EC0744SSSZ4.zip (last visited May 7,
2014). Though the current small business size
standard for electronic store receipts is $30 million
or less in annual receipts, in 2007 the small
business size standard was $9 million or less in
annual receipts. In 2007, there were 11,214 firms in
this category that operated for the entire year. Of
this total, 10,963 firms had annual receipts of under
$5 million, and 251 firms had receipts of $5 million
or more but less than $10 million. Id.
84 Id. An additional 33 firms had annual receipts
of $50 million or more.
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
71724
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
equipment certified under part 74 in the
944–952 MHz band 9 months after
issuance of the Channel Reassignment
PN, consistent with the requirements for
new equipment certified for LPAS
devices that operate in the TV bands.
Further, we expand eligibility for
operations in the 944–952 MHz band to
include all entities currently eligible to
hold LPAS licenses for operation in the
TV bands, which should help address
the need for additional spectrum
outside of the TV bands for this entire
group of licensed users.
139. Licensed LPAS users operating
in the 944–952 MHz band (as in the TV
bands) are subject to the frequency
selection requirements contained in
section 74.803 of our rules.85 SBE runs
a local frequency coordination program
for this band and asserts its
coordination would have to be
mandatory in order to avoid interference
among different licensees.86
Accordingly, we will also require
wireless microphone users seeking
access to this band to coordinate their
proposed use through the local SBE
coordinator.87
140. Consumer Outreach. We find
that several means should be employed
to provide as much notice as possible to
users of the need to clear the 600 MHz
Band of wireless microphones. We
direct CGB, working with WTB and
OET, to establish a Web page on the
Commission’s Web site, and prepare
and release consumer publications,
including a Consumer Fact Sheet and
answers to Frequently Asked Questions
(FAQs), that inform the public of our
decisions affecting wireless microphone
operations in the repurposed 600 MHz
Band and the guard bands, as set forth
in the Incentive Auction R&O, this R&O,
and the Part 15 Report and Order.88 We
further direct Commission staff to
identify and contact organizations that
represent entities that are known to be
users of wireless microphones in the
600 MHz Band, including groups that
represent theaters, houses of worship,
and sporting venues. We will inform
these entities of our decisions affecting
wireless microphone operations in the
repurposed spectrum and available
resources for information on options for
wireless microphone use going forward.
141. Further, we expect all
manufacturers of wireless microphones
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
85 See
47 CFR 74.803.
Comments at 13.
87 These processes are described on SBE’s Web
site. See The Society of Broadcast Engineers,
Frequency Coordination, https://www.sbe.org/
sections/freq_local.php.
88 See part 15 Report and Order, section [__]
(discussing requirements relating to unlicensed
wireless microphones).
86 SBE
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
to make significant efforts to ensure that
all users of such equipment capable of
operating in the 600 MHz Band are fully
informed of the decisions affecting
them, as set forth in the Incentive
Auction R&O, this Report and Order,
and the Part 15 Report and Order.
Specifically, we expect these
manufacturers, at a minimum, to ensure
that these users are informed of the need
to clear the 600 MHz Band.
Manufacturers also should inform users
of wireless microphones that they may
continue to operate in the 600 MHz
Band until the end of the post-auction
transition period, but only subject to the
conditions set forth in these orders,
including the early clearing
mechanisms. Further, we expect all
manufacturers to contact dealers,
distributors, and anyone else who has
purchased wireless microphones, and
inform them of our decisions to help
clear the 600 MHz Band. Manufacturers
should also provide information on
these decisions to any users that have
filed warranty registrations for 600 MHz
Band equipment with the manufacturer.
We also expect manufacturers to post
this information on their Web sites and
include it in all of their sales literature.
142. In addition, we urge all
manufacturers to offer rebates and tradein programs for any 600 MHz Band
wireless microphones, and widely
publicize these programs to ensure that
all users of wireless microphones are
fully informed. To the extent
manufacturers do not offer a rebate or
trade-in program for 600 MHz Band
wireless microphones, we strongly
encourage them to create or re-establish
such programs. In contacting dealers
and distributors, we expect
manufacturers to inform these entities
that they should: (1) Inform all
customers who have purchased wireless
microphones that are capable of
operating in the 600 MHz Band of our
decision to clear the 600 MHz Band of
such devices; (2) post such information
on their Web sites; (3) include this
information in all other sales literature;
(4) provide information in sales
literature, including on their Web sites,
on the availability of any manufacturer
rebate offerings and trade-in programs
related to wireless microphones
operating in the 600 MHz Band; and (5)
comply with the disclosure
requirements that we are adopting in
this Report and Order.
143. Disclosure Requirement. We
require anyone selling, leasing, or
offering for sale or lease wireless
microphones that operate in the 600
MHz Band to provide certain written
disclosures to consumers, pursuant to
section 302. These entities must display
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
the Consumer Disclosure, the text of
which will be developed by
Commission staff, at the point of sale or
lease,89 in a clear, conspicuous, and
readily legible manner. In addition, the
Consumer Disclosure must be displayed
on the Web site of the manufacturer
(even in the event the manufacturer
does not sell wireless microphones
directly to the public) and of dealers,
distributors, retailers, and anyone else
selling or leasing the devices. We
delegate authority to the Consumer and
Governmental Affairs Bureau, working
with the Wireless Telecommunications
Bureau and the Office of Engineering
and Technology, to prepare the specific
language, following issuance of the
Channel Reassignment PN, that must be
used in the Consumer Disclosure and
publish it in the Federal Register. As
discussed above, there is more than one
way in which the point-of-sale
Consumer Disclosure may be provided
to potential purchasers or lessees of
wireless microphones, but each of them
must satisfy all the requirements noted
above, including that the disclosure be
provided in writing at the point of sale
in a clear, conspicuous, and readily
legible manner. One way to fulfill this
disclosure requirement would be to
display the Consumer Disclosure in a
prominent manner on the product box
by using a label (either printed onto the
box or otherwise affixed to the box), a
sticker, or other means. Another way to
fulfill the disclosure requirement would
be to display the text immediately
adjacent to each wireless microphone
offered for sale or lease and clearly
associated with the model to which it
pertains. For wireless microphones
offered online or via direct mail or
catalog, the disclosure must be
prominently displayed in close
proximity to the images and
descriptions of each wireless
microphone. We will require
manufacturers, dealers, distributors, and
other entities that sell or lease wireless
microphones for operation in the 600
MHz Band to comply with the
disclosure requirements no later than
three months following issuance of the
Channel Reassignment PN, and we
encourage these entities to provide
consumers with the required
information earlier.90
89 By ‘‘point of sale or lease’’ we mean the place
or Web site where wireless microphones are
displayed or offered for consumers to purchase or
lease.
90 This disclosure requirement requires approval
from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB)
as a new information collection under the
Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA). We anticipate
approval of the requirement shortly following
publication of a summary of this Report and Order
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
E. Steps Taken To Minimize Significant
Economic Impact on Small Entities, and
Significant Alternatives Considered
144. The RFA requires an agency to
describe any significant alternatives that
it has considered in reaching its
proposed approach, which may include
the following four alternatives (among
others): (1) The establishment of
differing compliance or reporting
requirements or timetables that take into
account the resources available to small
entities; (2) the clarification,
consolidation, or simplification of
compliance or reporting requirements
under the rule for small entities; (3) the
use of performance, rather than design,
standards; and (4) an exemption from
coverage of the rule, or any part thereof,
for small entities.91
145. The rule revisions that we are
adopting provide additional
opportunities for licensed wireless
microphone users, both in frequency
bands in which they currently operate
and in additional frequency bands. The
majority of these changes are
permissive, meaning that wireless
microphone manufacturers may choose
to incorporate new capabilities in future
devices. We adopt rules to establish
cutoff dates for the certification,
manufacturing and marketing of
licensed wireless microphones in the
600 MHz band repurposed for wireless
services following the incentive auction.
We will no longer accept applications to
certify licensed wireless microphones
that operate in the 600 MHz band nine
months after the release of the Channel
Reassignment PN or no later than 24
months after the effective date of the
new rules, whichever occurs first. We
will require that manufacturing and
marketing of all licensed wireless
microphones that would not comply
with the 600 MHz Band cease 18
months after release of the Channel
Reassignment PN or no later than 33
months after the effective date of the
new rules, whichever occurs first.
Report to Congress: The Commission
will send a copy of the Report and
Order, including this FRFA, in a report
to Congress pursuant to the
Congressional Review Act.92 In
addition, the Commission will send a
copy of the Report and Order, including
this FRFA, to the Chief Counsel for
Advocacy of the SBA. A copy of the
Report and Order and FRFA (or
in the Federal Register, sufficiently in advance of
the date by which the disclosure requirement goes
into effect.
91 See 5 U.S.C. 603(c).
92 See 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
71725
summaries thereof) will also be
published in the Federal Register.93
146. The Office of Federal Register
(OFR) recently revised the regulations to
require that agencies must discuss in the
preamble of the rule ways that the
materials the agency incorporates by
reference are reasonably available to
interested persons and how interested
parties can obtain the materials. In
addition, the preamble of the rule must
summarize the material. 1 CFR 51.5(b).
In accordance with OFR’s requirements,
the discussion in this section
summarizes ETSI standard. The
following document is available from
the European Telecommunications
Standards Institute, 650 Route des
Lucioles, F–06921 Sophia Antipolis
Cedex, France, or at https://www.etsi.org/
deliver/etsi_en/3004000_300499/
30042201/01.04.02_60/en_
30042201v01010402p.pdf. ‘‘ETSI EN
300 422–1 V1.4.2 (2011–08):
Electromagnetic compatibility and
Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless
microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz
frequency range; Part 1: Technical
characteristics and methods of
measurement, August 2011, IBR
approved for section 15.236(g).’’ This
standard requires wireless microphones
to meet certain emission requirements
which will protect authorized services
in adjacent bands from harmful
interference, and will improve spectrum
sharing by wireless microphones.
Congressional Review Act: The
Commission will send a copy of this
Report and Order to Congress and the
Government Accountability Office
pursuant to the Congressional Review
Act, see 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A).
150. The Commission’s Consumer and
Governmental Affairs Bureau, Reference
Information Center, shall send a copy of
this Report and Order, including the
Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, to
the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the
Small Business Administration.
151. Pursuant to section 4(i) of the
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. 154(i), and section
1.925 of the Commission’s rules, 47 CFR
1.925, that the waiver request filed on
July 16, 2009 and revised on September
23, 2009 by the Nuclear Energy Institute
and the United Telecom Council for
waiver of parts 2 and 90 of the
Commission’s rules IS DISMISSED AS
MOOT IN PART as set forth in the Order
and otherwise denied.
152. Pursuant to section 5(c) of the
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. prepare the specific
language that must be used in the
Consumer Disclosure, as set forth in this
Report 47
IV. Ordering Clauses
47 CFR Part 87
Commination equipment and
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
147. Pursuant to sections 1, 4(i), 4(j),
7(a), 301, 302, 303(f), 303(g), and 303(r)
of the Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i), 154(j),
157(a), 301, 302a, 303(f), 303(g), and
303(r), this Report and Order is adopted.
148. Parts 2, 15, 74, 87, and 90 of the
Commission’s rules, 47 CFR parts 2, 15,
74, 87, and 90, ARE AMENDED as set
forth in the final rules.
149. The rules adopted herein will
become effective December 17, 2015,
except for sections 15.37(k) and
74.851(l), which contain new or
modified information collection
requirements that require approval by
the OMB under the PRA, which will
become effective after the Commission
publishes a notice in the Federal
Register announcing such approval and
the relevant effective date.
List of Subjects
47 CFR Part 2
Communication equipment and
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
47 CFR Part 15
Communications equipment,
Incorporation by reference, and
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
47 CFR Part 74
Communication equipment,
Education, Incorporation by reference,
and Report and recordkeeping
requirements.
47 CFR Part 90
Communication equipment,
Incorporation by reference, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements.
Federal Communications Commission.
Marlene H. Dortch,
Secretary.
Final Rules
For the reasons discussed in the
preamble, the Federal Communications
Commission amends 47 CFR parts 2, 15,
74, 87, and 90 as follows:
PART 2—FREQUENCY ALLOCATIONS
AND RADIO TREATY MATTERS;
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. The authority citation for part 2
continues to read as follows:
■
93 See
PO 00000
5 U.S.C. 604(b).
Frm 00045
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
71726
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, and
336, unless otherwise noted.
2. Section 2.106, the Table of
Frequency Allocations, is amended as
follows:
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
■
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
a. Page 33 is revised.
■ b. In the list of United States (US)
Footnotes, footnote US84 is added.
■
§ 2.106
Table of Frequency Allocations.
The revision and addition read as
follows:
*
*
*
*
*
BILLING CODE 6712–01–P
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
VerDate Sep<11>2014
1400-1626.5 MHz (UHF)
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
International Table
Region 2 Table
Reg ion 1 Table
1400-1427
EARTH EXPLORAliON-SATELLITE (passive)
RADIO ASTRONOMY
SPACE RESEARCH (passive)
Region 3 Table
Jkt 238001
PO 00000
5.340 5.341
1427-1429
SPACE OPERATION (Earth-to-space)
FIXED
MOBILE except aeronautical mobile
Frm 00047
5.338A 5.341
1429-1452
FIXED
MOBILE except aeronautical mobile
United States Table
Non-Federal Table
Federal Table
1400-1427
EARTH EXPLORATION-SATELLITE (passive)
RADIO ASTRONOMY US74
SPACE RESEARCH (passive)
5.341 US246
1427-1429.5
LAND MOBILE (medical
telemetry and medical
telecommand) US350
1429-1452
FIXED
MOBILE 5.343
1427-1429.5
LAND MOBILE (telemetry and
telecommand)
Fixed (telemetry)
Sfmt 4700
5.341 US79 US350 NG338A
1432-1435
FIXED
MOBILE except aeronautical mobile
5.341 US83
5.341 US83 NG338A
1435-1525
MOBILE (aeronautical telemetry) US338A
5.341 5.344 5.345
1492-1518
FIXED
MOBILE 5.343
1492-1518
FIXED
MOBILE
5.341 5.344
1518-1525
FIXED
MOBILE 5.343
MOBILE-SATELLITE (space-to-Earth)
5.348 5.348A 5.348B 5.351A
5.341
1518-1525
FIXED
MOBILE
MOBILE-SATELLITE (space-to-Earth)
5.348 5.348A 5.348B 5.351A
5.341 5.342
17NOR1
5.341 5.342 5.345
1492-1518
FIXED
MOBILE except aeronautical mobile
5.341 5.342
1518-1525
FIXED
MOBILE except aeronautical mobile
MOBILE-SATELLITE (space-to-Earth)
5.348 5.348A 5.348B 5.351A
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
5.338A 5.341
1452-1492
FIXED
MOBILE 5.343
BROADCASTING
BROADCASTING-SATELLITE 5.208B
5.341 5.344
5.341
Private Land Mobile (90)
Personal Radio (95)
5.341 US79 US350 NG338A
1429.5-1432
FIXED (telemetry and telecommand)
LAND MOBILE (telemetry and
telecommand)
5.341 US79 US350
1432-1435
Fmt 4700
5.341 US79
1429.5-1432
5.338A 5.341 5.342
1452-1492
FIXED
MOBILE except aeronautical mobile
BROADCASTING
BROADCASTING-SATELLITE 5.208B
Page 33
FCC Rule Part(s)
Wireless
Communications (27)
Low Power Auxiliary
(74H)
Aviation (87)
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
Table of Frequency Allocations
5.341 US84 US343
71727
ER17NO15.000
71728
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
BILLING CODE 6712–01–C
United States (US) Footnotes
*
*
*
*
*
US84 In the band 1435–1525 MHz,
low power auxiliary stations may be
authorized on a secondary basis, subject
to the terms and conditions set forth in
47 CFR part 74, subpart H.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 15—RADIO FREQUENCY
DEVICES
3. The authority citation for part 15
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302, 303, 304,
307, 336, 554a and 549.
§ 15.216
4. Section 15.37 is amended by adding
reserved paragraphs (i) and (j) and
adding paragraph (k) to read as follows:
■
§ 15.37 Transition provisions for
compliance with the rules.
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
*
*
*
*
*
(i) [Reserved]
(j) [Reserved]
(k) Disclosure requirements for
unlicensed wireless microphones
capable of operating in the 600 MHz
service band. Any person who
manufactures, sells, leases, or offers for
sale or lease, unlicensed wireless
microphones that are capable of
operating in the 600 MHz service band,
as defined in this part, three months
following issuance of the Channel
Reassignment Public Notice, as defined
in section 73.3700(a)(2) of this chapter,
is subject to the following disclosure
requirements:
(1) Such persons must display the
consumer disclosure text, as specified
by the Consumer and Governmental
Affairs Bureau, at the point of sale or
lease of each such unlicensed wireless
microphone. The text must be displayed
in a clear, conspicuous, and readily
legible manner. One way to fulfill the
requirement in this section is to display
the consumer disclosure text in a
prominent manner on the product box
by using a label (either printed onto the
box or otherwise affixed to the box), a
sticker, or other means. Another way to
fulfill this requirement is to display the
text immediately adjacent to each
unlicensed wireless microphone offered
for sale or lease and clearly associated
with the model to which it pertains.
(2) If such persons offer such
unlicensed wireless microphones via
direct mail, catalog, or electronic means,
they shall prominently display the
consumer disclosure text in close
proximity to the images and
descriptions of each such unlicensed
wireless microphone. The text should
be in a size large enough to be clear,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
conspicuous, and readily legible,
consistent with the dimensions of the
advertisement or description.
(3) If such persons have Web sites
pertaining to these unlicensed wireless
microphones, the consumer disclosure
text must be displayed there in a clear,
conspicuous, and readily legible manner
(even in the event such persons do not
sell unlicensed wireless microphones
directly to the public).
(4) The consumer disclosure text
described in paragraph (k)(1) of this
section is set forth as an appendix to
this section.
*
*
*
*
*
[Removed and Reserved]
5. Section 15.216 is removed and
reserved.
■
PART 74—EXPERIMENTAL RADIO,
AUXILIARY, SPECIAL BROADCAST
AND OTHER PROGRAM
DISTRIBUTION SERVICES
6. The authority citation for part 74
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 307,
309, 336, and 554.
7. Section 74.801 is amended by
adding in alphabetical order definitions
for ‘‘600 MHz duplex gap,’’ . ‘‘600 MHz
guard bands,’’ ‘‘600 MHz service band,’’
and ‘‘Spectrum Act’’ to read as follows:
■
§ 74.801
Definitions
600 MHz duplex gap. An 11
megahertz guard band that separates
part 27 600 MHz service uplink and
downlink frequencies, in accordance
with the terms and conditions
established in GN Docket No. 12–268,
pursuant to section 6403 of the
Spectrum Act.
600 MHz guard bands. Designated
frequency bands that prevent
interference between licensed services
in the 600 MHz service band and either
the television bands or channel 37, in
accordance with the terms and
conditions established in GN Docket No.
12–268, pursuant to section 6403 of the
Spectrum Act.
600 MHz service band. Frequencies
that will be reallocated and reassigned
for 600 MHz band services as
determined by the outcome of the
auction conducted pursuant to part 27,
in accordance with the terms and
conditions established in GN Docket No.
12–268, pursuant to section 6403 of the
Spectrum Act
Note to definitions of 600 MHz duplex
gap, 600 MHz guard bands, and 600 MHz
service band: The specific frequencies will
be determined in light of further proceedings
pursuant to GN Docket No. 12–268 and the
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
rules will be updated accordingly pursuant to
a future public notice.
*
*
*
*
*
Spectrum Act. Title VI of the Middle
Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of
2012 (Pub. L. 112–96).
*
*
*
*
*
■ 8. Section 74.802 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a) and (b)(2) to read
as follows:
§ 74.802
Frequency assignment.
(a)(1) Frequencies within the
following bands may be assigned for use
by low power auxiliary stations:
26.100–26.480 MHz
54.000–72.000 MHz
76.000–88.000 MHz
161.625–161.775 MHz (except in Puerto
Rico or the Virgin Islands)
174.000–216.000 MHz
450.000–451.000 MHz
455.000–456.000 MHz
470.000–488.000 MHz
488.000–494.000 MHz (except Hawaii)
494.000–608.000 MHz
614.000–698.000 MHz
941.500–952.000 MHz
952.850–956.250 MHz
956.45–959.85 MHz
1435–1525 MHz
6875.000–6900.000 MHz
7100.000–7125.000 MHz
(2) [Reserved]
(b) * * *
(2) Low power auxiliary stations may
operate closer to co-channel TV
broadcast stations than the distances
specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this
section provided that such operations
either—
(i) Are coordinated with TV broadcast
stations that could be affected by the
low power auxiliary station operation,
and coordination is completed prior to
operation of the low power auxiliary
station; or
(ii) Are limited to an indoor location
that is not being used for over-the-air
television viewing, and the following
conditions are met with respect to the
TV channel used: The TV signal falls
below a threshold of ¥84 dBm over the
entire channel; the signal is scanned
across the full 6 megahertz channel
where the wireless microphones would
be operated; and to the extent that
directional antennas are used, they are
rotated to the place of maximum signal.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 9. Section 74.803 is amended by
adding paragraphs (c) and (d) to read as
follows:
§ 74.803 Frequency selection to avoid
interference.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) In the 941.500–952.000 MHz,
952.850–956.250 MHz, 956.45–959.85
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
MHz, 6875.000–6900.000 MHz, and
7100.000–7125.000 MHz bands low
power auxiliary station usage is
secondary to other uses (e.g. Aural
Broadcast Auxiliary, Television
Broadcast Auxiliary, Cable Relay
Service, Fixed Point to Point
Microwave) and must not cause harmful
interference. Applicants are responsible
for selecting the frequency assignments
that are least likely to result in mutual
interference with other licensees in the
same area. Applicants must consult
local frequency coordination
committees, where they exist, for
information on frequencies available in
the area. In selecting frequencies,
consideration should be given to the
relative location of receive points,
normal transmission paths, and the
nature of the contemplated operation.
(d) In the 1435–1525 MHz band, low
power auxiliary stations (LPAS) are
limited to operations at specific fixed
locations that have been coordinated
with the frequency coordinator for
aeronautical mobile telemetry, the
Aerospace and Flight Test Radio
Coordinating Committee. LPAS devices
must complete authentication and
location verification before operation
begins, employ software-based controls
or similar functionality to prevent
devices in the band from operating
except in the specific channels,
locations, and time periods that have
been coordinated, and be capable of
being tuned to any frequency in the
band. Use is limited to situations where
there is a need to deploy large numbers
of LPAS for specified time periods, and
use of other available spectrum
resources is insufficient to meet the
LPAS licensee’s needs at the specific
location. All LPAS devices operating in
a particular area in the band may have
access to no more than 30 megahertz of
spectrum in the band at a given time.
■ 10. Section 74.831 is revised to read
as follows:
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
§ 74.831 Scope of service and permissible
transmissions.
The license for a low power auxiliary
station authorizes the transmission of
cues and orders to production personnel
and participants in broadcast programs,
motion pictures, and major events or
productions and in the preparation
therefor, the transmission of program
material by means of a wireless
microphone worn by a performer and
other participants in a program, motion
picture, or major event or production
during rehearsal and during the actual
broadcast, filming, recording, or event
or production, or the transmission of
comments, interviews, and reports from
the scene of a remote broadcast. Low
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
power auxiliary stations operating in the
941.5–952 MHz, 952.850–956.250 MHz,
956.45–959.85 MHz, 6875–6900 MHz,
and 7100–7125 MHz bands may, in
addition, transmit synchronizing signals
and various control signals to portable
or hand-carried TV cameras which
employ low power radio signals in lieu
of cable to deliver picture signals to the
control point at the scene of a remote
broadcast.
■ 11. Section 74.832 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(6) and (d) to read
as follows:
§ 74.832 Licensing requirements and
procedures.
(a) * * *
(6) Licensees and conditional
licensees of stations in the Broadband
Radio Service as defined in section
27.1200 of this chapter, or entities that
hold an executed lease agreement with
a Broadband Radio Service or
Educational Broadband Service
licensee.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Cable television operations,
motion picture and television program
producers, large venue owners or
operators, and professional sound
companies may be authorized to operate
low power auxiliary stations in the
bands allocated for TV broadcasting, the
941.500–952.000 MHz band, the
952.850–956.250 MHz band, the
956.45–959.85 MHz band, the 1435–
1525 MHz band, the 6875–6900 MHz
band, and the 7100–7125 MHz band. In
the 6875–6900 MHz and 7100–7125
MHz bands, entities eligible to hold
licenses for cable television relay
service stations (see section 78.13 of this
chapter) shall also be eligible to hold
licenses for low power auxiliary
stations.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 12. Section 74.851 is amended by
revising the section heading and
paragraph (i) and adding paragraphs (j),
(k), and (l) to read as follows:
§ 74.851 Certification of equipment;
prohibition on manufacture, import, sale,
lease, offer for sale or lease, or shipment of
devices that operate in the 700 MHz Band
or the 600 MHz Band; labeling for 700 MHz
or 600 MHz band equipment destined for
non-U.S. markets; disclosures.
*
*
*
*
*
(i) Nine months after the release of the
Commission’s Channel Reassignment
Public Notice issued pursuant to
Expanding the Economic and
Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum
Through Incentive Auctions, Report and
Order, GN Docket No. 12–268, 29 FCC
Rcd 6567 (2014), applications for
certification shall no longer be accepted
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
71729
for low power auxiliary stations or
wireless video assist devices that are
capable of operating in the 600 MHz
service band or the 600 MHz guard
bands, or for low power auxiliary
stations that are capable of operating in
the 600 MHz duplex gap unless the
operations are limited to the four
megahertz segment from one to five
megahertz above the lower edge of the
600 MHz duplex gap.
(j) Eighteen months after the release of
the Commission’s Channel
Reassignment Public Notice issued
pursuant to Expanding the Economic
and Innovation Opportunities of
Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions,
Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12–
268, 29 FCC Rcd 6567 (2014), no person
shall manufacture, import, sell, lease,
offer for sale or lease, or ship low power
auxiliary stations or wireless video
assist devices that are capable of
operating in the 600 MHz service band
or the 600 MHz guard bands, or low
power auxiliary stations that are capable
of operating in the 600 MHz duplex gap
unless the operations are limited to the
four megahertz segment from one to five
megahertz above the lower edge of the
600 MHz duplex gap. This prohibition
does not apply to devices manufactured
solely for export.
(k) Eighteen months after the release
of the Commission’s Channel
Reassignment Public Notice issued
pursuant to Expanding the Economic
and Innovation Opportunities of
Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions,
Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12–
268, 29 FCC Rcd 6567 (2014), any
person who manufactures, sells, leases,
or offers for sale or lease low power
auxiliary stations or wireless video
assist devices that are destined for nonU.S. markets and that are capable of
operating in the 600 MHz service band
or the 600 MHz guard bands, or low
power auxiliary stations that are capable
of operating in the 600 MHz duplex gap
unless such operations are limited to the
four megahertz segment from one to five
megahertz above the lower edge of the
600 MHz duplex gap, shall include
labeling and make clear in all sales,
marketing, and packaging materials,
including online materials, relating to
such devices that the devices cannot be
operated in the United States.
(l) Disclosure requirements for low
power auxiliary station and wireless
video assist devices capable of operating
in the 600 MHz service band. Any
person who manufactures, sells, leases,
or offers for sale or lease low power
auxiliary stations or wireless video
assist devices that are capable of
operating in the 600 MHz service band
three months following issuance of the
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
71730
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
Channel Reassignment Public Notice, as
defined in section 73.3700(a)(2) of this
chapter, is subject to the following
disclosure requirements:
(1) Such persons must display the
consumer disclosure text, as specified
by the Consumer and Governmental
Affairs Bureau, at the point of sale or
lease of each such low power auxiliary
station or wireless video assist device.
The text must be displayed in a clear,
conspicuous, and readily legible
manner. One way to fulfill the
requirement in this section is to display
the consumer disclosure text in a
prominent manner on the product box
by using a label (either printed onto the
box or otherwise affixed to the box), a
sticker, or other means. Another way to
fulfill this requirement is to display the
text immediately adjacent to each low
power auxiliary station or wireless
video assist device offered for sale or
lease and clearly associated with the
model to which it pertains.
(2) If such persons offer such low
power auxiliary stations or wireless
video assist device via direct mail,
catalog, or electronic means, they shall
prominently display the consumer
disclosure text in close proximity to the
images and descriptions of each such
low power auxiliary station or wireless
video assist device. The text should be
in a size large enough to be clear,
conspicuous, and readily legible,
consistent with the dimensions of the
advertisement or description.
(3) If such persons have Web sites
pertaining to these low power auxiliary
stations or wireless video assist devices,
the consumer disclosure text must be
displayed there in a clear, conspicuous,
and readily legible manner (even in the
event such persons do not sell low
power auxiliary stations or wireless
video assist devices directly to the
public).
(4) The consumer disclosure text
described in paragraph (l)(1) of this
section is set forth as an appendix to
this section.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 13. Section 74.861 is amended by
revising paragraphs (d)(1) through (3),
adding paragraph (d)(4), revising
(e)(1)(i) and (ii), and adding paragraphs
(e)(7) and (i) to read as follows:
§ 74.861
Technical requirements.
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(1) For all bands except the 1435–
1525 MHz band, the maximum
transmitter power which will be
authorized is 1 watt. In the 1435–1525
MHz band, the maximum transmitter
power which will be authorized is 250
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
milliwatts. Licensees may accept the
manufacturer’s power rating; however,
it is the licensee’s responsibility to
observe specified power limits.
(2) If a low power auxiliary station
employs amplitude modulation,
modulation shall not exceed 100
percent on positive or negative peaks.
(3) For the 26.1–26.480 MHz,
161.625–161.775 MHz, 450–451 MHz,
and 455–456 MHz bands, the occupied
bandwidth shall not be greater than that
necessary for satisfactory transmission
and, in any event, an emission
appearing on any discrete frequency
outside the authorized band shall be
attenuated, at least, 43+10 log10 (mean
output power, in watts) dB below the
mean output power of the transmitting
unit. The requirements of this paragraph
shall also apply to the applications for
certification of equipment for the 944–
952 MHz band until nine months after
release of the Commission’s Channel
Reassignment Public Notice, as defined
in section 73.3700(a)(2) of this chapter.
(4)(i) For the 941.5–952 MHz,
952.850–956.250 MHz, 956.45–959.85
MHz, 1435–1525 MHz, 6875–6900 MHz
and 7100–7125 MHz bands, analog
emissions within the band from one
megahertz below to one megahertz
above the carrier frequency shall
comply with the emission mask in
Section 8.3.1.2 of the European
Telecommunications Institute Standard
ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08),.
Beyond one megahertz below and above
the carrier frequency, emissions shall be
attenuated 90 dB below the level of the
unmodulated carrier.
(ii) For the 941.5–952 MHz, 952.850–
956.250 MHz, 956.45–959.85 MHz, and
1435–1525 MHz bands, digital
emissions within the band from one
megahertz below to one megahertz
above the carrier frequency shall
comply with the emission mask in
Section 8.3.2.2 (Figure 4) of the
European Telecommunications Institute
Standard ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2
(2011–08. Beyond one megahertz below
and above the carrier frequency,
emissions shall be attenuated 90 dB
below the level of the unmodulated
carrier.
(iii) In the 6875–6900 MHz and 7100–
7125 MHz bands, digital emissions
within the band from one megahertz
below to one megahertz above the
carrier frequency shall comply with the
emission mask in Section 8.3.2.2 (Figure
5) of the European Telecommunications
Institute Standard ETSI EN 300 422–1
v1.4.2 (2011–08). Beyond one megahertz
below and above the carrier frequency,
emissions shall be attenuated 90 dB
below the level of the unmodulated
carrier.
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
(iv) For the 944–952 MHz band, the
requirements of this paragraph (d)(4)
shall not apply to the applications for
certification of equipment for that band
until nine months after release of the
Commission’s Channel Reassignment
Public Notice, as defined in section
73.3700(a)(2) of this chapter.
(e) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) 54–72, 76–88, and 174–216 MHz
bands: 50 mW EIRP
(ii) 470–608 and 614–698: 250 mW
conducted power
*
*
*
*
*
(7) Analog emissions within the band
from one megahertz below to one
megahertz above the carrier frequency
shall comply with the emission mask in
Section 8.3.1.2 of the European
Telecommunications Institute Standard
ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08).
Digital emissions within the band from
one megahertz below to one megahertz
above the carrier frequency shall
comply with the emission mask in
Section 8.3.2.2 (Figure 4) of the
European Telecommunications Institute
Standard ETSI EN 300 422–1 v1.4.2
(2011–08). Beyond one megahertz below
and above the carrier frequency,
emissions shall be attenuated 90 dB
below the level of the unmodulated
carrier. The requirements of this
paragraph (e)(7) shall not apply to
applications for certification of
equipment in these bands until nine
months after release of the
Commission’s Channel Reassignment
Public Notice, as defined in
§ 73.3700(a)(2) of this chapter.
*
*
*
*
*
(i) The materials listed in this section
are incorporated by reference in this
part. These incorporations by reference
were approved by the Director of the
Federal Register in accordance with 5
U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. These
materials are incorporated as they exist
on the date of the approval, and notice
of any change in these materials will be
published in the Federal Register. All
approved material is available for
inspection at the Federal
Communications Commission, 445 12th
St. SW., Reference Information Center,
Room CY–A257, Washington, DC 20554,
(202) 418–0270 and is available from the
sources below. It is also available for
inspection at the National Archives and
Records Administration (NARA). For
information on the availability of this
material at NARA, call (202) 741–6030,
or go to: https://www.archives.gov/
federal_register/code_of_federal_
regulations/ibr_locations.html.
(1) European Telecommunications
Standards Institute, 650 Route des
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 221 / Tuesday, November 17, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
Lucioles, 06921 Sophia Antipolis
Cedex, France. A copy of the standard
is also available at https://www.etsi.org/
deliver/etsi_en/300400_300499/
30042201/01.03.02_60/en_
30042201v010302p.pdf.
(i) ETSI EN 300 422–1 V1.4.2 (2011–
08): ‘‘Electromagnetic compatibility and
Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless
microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz
frequency range; Part 1: Technical
characteristics and methods of
measurement,’’ Copyright 2011, IBR
approved for section 15.236(g).
(ii) [Reserved]
(2) [Reserved].
PART 87—AVIATION SERVICES
14. The authority citation for part 87
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 303 and 307(e),
unless otherwise noted.
15. Section 87.303 is amended by
revising paragraph (d)(1) to read as
follows:
■
§ 87.303
Frequencies
*
*
*
*
*
(d)(1) Frequencies in the band 1435–
1525 MHz are also available for low
power auxiliary station use on a
secondary basis.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 90—PRIVATE LAND MOBILE
RADIO SERVICES
16. The authority citation for part 90
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Sections 4(i), 11, 303(g), 303(r),
and 332(c)(7) of the Communications Act of
1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 154(i), 161,
303(g), 303(r), and 332(c)(7), and Title VI of
the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation
Act of 2012, Pub. L. 112–96, 126 Stat. 156.
17. Section 90.265 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) introductory text
and (b)(1) and (3) and adding paragraph
(f) to read as follows:
■
§ 90.265 Assignment and use of
frequencies in the bands allocated for
Federal use.
wgreen on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES
*
*
*
*
*
(b) The following frequencies are
available for wireless microphone
operations to eligibles in this part,
subject to the provisions of this
paragraph:
Frequencies (MHz)
169.445
169.475
169.505
170.245
170.275
170.305
171.045
171.075
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Nov 16, 2015
Jkt 238001
171.105
171.845
171.875
171.905
(1) On center frequencies 169.475
MHz, 170.275 MHz, 171.075 MHz, and
171.875 MHz, the emission bandwidth
shall not exceed 200 kHz. On the other
center frequencies listed in this
paragraph (b), the emission bandwidth
shall not exceed 54 kHz.
*
*
*
*
*
(3) For emissions with a bandwidth
not exceeding 54 kHz, the frequency
stability of wireless microphones shall
limit the total emission to within ±32.5
kHz of the assigned frequency.
Emissions with a bandwidth exceeding
54 kHz shall comply with the emission
mask in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300
422–1 v1.4.2 (2011–08).
*
*
*
*
*
(f) The materials listed in this section
are incorporated by reference in this
part. These incorporations by reference
were approved by the Director of the
Federal Register in accordance with 5
U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. These
materials are incorporated as they exist
on the date of the approval, and notice
of any change in these materials will be
published in the Federal Register. All
approved material is available for
inspection at the Federal
Communications Commission, 445 12th
St. SW., Reference Information Center,
Room CY–A257, Washington, DC 20554,
(202) 418–0270 and is available from the
sources below. It is also available for
inspection at the National Archives and
Records Administration (NARA). For
information on the availability of this
material at NARA, call (202) 741–6030,
or go to: https://www.archives.gov/
federal_register/code_of_federal_
regulations/ibr_locations.html.
(1) European Telecommunications
Standards Institute, 650 Route des
Lucioles, 06921 Sophia Antipolis
Cedex, France. A copy of the standard
is also available at https://www.etsi.org/
deliver/etsi_en/300400_300499/
30042201/01.03.02_60/en_
30042201v010302p.pdf.
(i) ETSI EN 300 422–1 V1.4.2 (2011–
08): ‘‘Electromagnetic compatibility and
Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless
microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz
frequency range; Part 1: Technical
characteristics and methods of
measurement,’’ Copyright 2011, IBR
approved for section 15.236(g).
(ii) [Reserved]
(2) [Reserved]
[FR Doc. 2015–28778 Filed 11–16–15; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712–01–P
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
71731
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS
COMMISSION
47 CFR Parts 27 and 73
[GN Docket No. 12–268; ET Docket Nos.
13–26 and 14–14; FCC 15–141]
Expanding the Economic and
Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum
Through Incentive Auctions
Federal Communications
Commission.
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
This document resolves the
remaining technical issues affecting the
operation of new 600 MHz wireless
licensees and broadcast television
stations in areas where they operate on
the same or adjacent channels in
geographic proximity. Specifically, the
Commission adopted the methodology
and the regulatory framework for the
protection of both wireless services and
broadcasting in the post-auction
environment that it proposed in October
2014. The Commission affirms its
decision regarding the methodology to
be used during the incentive auction to
predict inter-service interference
between broadcasting and wireless
services. The Commission also affirmed
its decision declining to adopt a cap on
the aggregate amount of new
interference a broadcast television
station may receive from other
television stations in the repacking
process.
SUMMARY:
Effective December 17, 2015,
except for the amendments to
§§ 27.1310 and 73.3700(b)(1)(iv)(B),
which contain new or modified
information collection requirements
subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act
of 1995, Public Law 104–13, that are not
effective until approved by the Office of
Management and Budget (OMB). The
Commission will publish a document in
the Federal Register announcing the
effective date once OMB approves.
ADDRESSES: Federal Communications
Commission, 445 12th Street SW.,
Washington, DC 20554.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Aspasia Paroutsas, 202–418–7285,
Aspasia.Paroutsas@fcc.gov, Office of
Engineering and Technology.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a
summary of the Commission’s Third
Report and Order and First
Reconsideration Order, GN Docket No.
12–268; ET Docket Nos. 13–26 and No.
14–14, FCC 15–141, adopted October
21, 2015 and released October 26, 2015.
The full text of this document is
available for inspection and copying
during normal business hours in the
DATES:
E:\FR\FM\17NOR1.SGM
17NOR1
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 80, Number 221 (Tuesday, November 17, 2015)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 71702-71731]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2015-28778]
=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
47 CFR Parts 2, 15, 74, 87, and 90
[GN Docket Nos. 14-166 and 12-268; FCC 15-100]
Promoting Spectrum Access for Wireless Microphone Operations
AGENCY: Federal Communications Commission.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: In this document, the Commission takes several steps to
accommodate the long-term needs of wireless microphone users. Wireless
microphones play an important role in enabling broadcasters and other
video programming networks to serve consumers, including as they cover
breaking news and live sports events. They enhance event productions in
a variety of settings--including theaters and music venues, film
studios, conventions, corporate events, houses of worship, and internet
webcasts. They also help create high quality content that consumers
demand and value. In particular, the Commission provides additional
opportunities for wireless microphone operations in the TV bands
following the upcoming incentive auction, and provides new
opportunities for wireless microphone operations to access spectrum in
other frequency bands where they can share use of the bands without
harming existing users.
DATES: Effective December 17, 2015, except for the amendments to
Sec. Sec. 15.37(k) and 74.851(l), which contain new or modified
information collection requirements that require approval by the OMB
under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA). The Commission will publish a
document in the Federal Register announcing the effective date of the
amendments when OMB approves. The incorporation by reference listed in
the rule is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of
December 17, 2015.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Paul Murray, Office of Engineering and
Technology, (202) 418-0688, email: Paul.Murray@fcc.gov, TTY (202) 418-
2989.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a summary of the Commission's Report
and Order (R&O), FCC 15-100, adopted August 5, 2015, and released
August 11, 2015. The full text of this document is available for
inspection and copying during normal business hours in the FCC
Reference Center (Room CY-A257), 445 12th Street SW., Washington, DC
20554. The full text may also be downloaded at: www.fcc.gov. People
with Disabilities: To request materials in accessible formats for
people with disabilities (braille, large print, electronic files, audio
format), send an email to fcc504@fcc.gov or call the Consumer &
Governmental Affairs Bureau at 202-418-0530 (voice), 202-418-0432
(tty).
Summary of Report and Order
1. The repurposing of broadcast television band spectrum for
wireless services set forth in the Incentive Auction R&O, 79 FR 48441,
August 15, 2014, will significantly alter the regulatory environment in
which wireless microphones operate. Currently, wireless microphone
users rely heavily on access to unused channels in the television
bands. Following the incentive auction, with the repacking of the
television band and the repurposing of current television spectrum for
wireless services, there will be fewer frequencies in the UHF band
available for use for wireless microphone operations. The Commission
took several steps in the Incentive Auction R&O to accommodate wireless
microphone operations--including providing more opportunities to access
spectrum on the channels that will remain allocated for television
post-auction and making the 600 MHz Band guard bands available for
wireless microphone operations--while also recognizing that the
reduction of total available UHF band spectrum will require many
wireless microphone users to make adjustments over the next few years
regarding the spectrum that they access and the equipment they use. To
facilitate wireless microphone users' ability to make these
adjustments, the Commission provided that users could
[[Page 71703]]
continue to access spectrum repurposed for wireless services during the
post-auction transition period, under specified conditions, as they
transition affected services to alternative spectrum.
2. This proceeding was initiated to explore steps to address
wireless microphone users' longer term needs. The actions the
Commission is taking in this R&O make additional spectrum resources
available to accommodate wireless microphones users' needs over the
long term. The Commission's goal is to enable the development of a
suite of devices that operate in different bands and can meet wireless
microphone users' various needs while efficiently sharing the spectrum
with other users.
I. Background
3. In this proceeding the Commission uses the term ``wireless
microphones'' to reference wireless microphones and other related
wireless audio devices. The Commission has authorized wireless
microphone operations in different spectrum bands to accommodate the
growing use of these devices by different users. The technical and
operational rules for wireless microphone operations in these different
bands have varied, depending on the band, and generally are designed to
enable wireless microphone users to operate in shared bands along with
other users.
A. Wireless Microphone Operations
4. Under current rules, the Commission has authorized wireless
microphones to operate both on a licensed basis, limited to specified
users, and on an unlicensed basis. The table below sets forth the bands
in which wireless microphones and related audio devices generally
operate today pursuant to the Commission's rules.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Frequency band Licensed/unlicensed Rule part
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26.1-26.48 MHz (VHF).................. Licensed................. Part 74.
161.625-161.775 MHz (VHF)............. Licensed................. Part 74.
Portions of 169-172 MHz band (VHF).... Licensed................. Part 90.
88-108 MHz (FM)....................... Unlicensed............... Part 15.
450-451, 455-456 MHz (UHF)............ Licensed................. Part 74.
54-72, 76-88, 174-216, 470-608, 614- Licensed and unlicensed.. Part 74 and Part 15 (waiver).
698 MHz (VHF and UHF).
944-952 MHz (UHF)..................... Licensed................. Part 74.
902-928 MHz, 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz (ISM Unlicensed............... Part 15.
bands).
1920-1930 MHz (unlicensed PCS)........ Unlicensed............... Part 15.
Ultra-wideband (3.1-10.6 GHz)......... Unlicensed............... Part 15.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Recent actions affecting operations in the TV bands. Most
wireless microphones users today operate their devices on a secondary
basis in the TV bands, with most operations occurring in the UHF TV
bands. Recent actions taken by the Commission in three proceedings
affecting the TV bands spectrum--which have involved the repurposing of
UHF TV band spectrum for wireless services in the 700 MHz band
(channels 52-69, the 698-806 MHz band), the development of rules for TV
white space devices in the TV bands, and the repurposing of the 600 MHz
Band following the upcoming incentive auction--have affected and will
affect the future availability of spectrum for wireless microphone
users and uses in these bands. These proceedings inform the instant
proceeding, providing the backdrop for many of the issues the
Commission is addressing in its efforts here to accommodate wireless
microphone users and uses both in the near and longer term.
6. In the Incentive Auction R&O (GN Docket No. 12-268) adopted in
May 2014, the Commission adopted rules to implement the broadcast
television spectrum incentive auction, which will involve reorganizing
the existing television band and repurposing a portion of the UHF
television band for new wireless broadband services, and which will
affect wireless microphone operations across the current TV bands. As
part of its decision, the Commission took several actions to
accommodate wireless microphone operations, including making rule
revisions to provide additional opportunities for wireless microphone
operations in the bands that will remain allocated for television
following the incentive auction, permitting wireless microphone
operations in the newly-designated 600 MHz Band guard bands, and
providing for a transition period to give wireless microphone users
that will need to cease operating in the spectrum repurposed for 600
MHz Band wireless services sufficient time to replace their equipment
and move operations to other spectrum bands available for wireless
microphone uses.
7. Finally, concurrent with adoption of the Incentive Auction R&O,
the Commission adopted the TV Bands Wireless Microphones Second R&O, 79
FR 40680, July 14, 2014, (part of WT Dockets 08-166 and 08-167, ET
Docket No. 10-24) to broaden the eligibility for wireless microphone
operations in the TV bands to include entities that regularly utilize a
substantial number of wireless microphones for large events and
productions and which have the same needs for interference protection
as existing low power auxiliary station (LPAS) licensees. Specifically,
the Commission expanded part 74 LPAS eligibility to include qualifying
professional sound companies and operators of large venues that
routinely use 50 or more wireless microphones.
B. Wireless Microphones NPRM
8. In the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM), 79 FR 69387,
November 21, 2014 in this proceeding, the Commission examined wireless
microphone users' needs and technologies that can address them, and
sought broad comment on a variety of existing and new spectrum bands
that might accommodate those needs in the future. It presented an
overview of current wireless microphone operations, and observed that
most wireless microphone operations today occurred in the TV bands. It
also generally discussed wireless microphone operations in other bands,
both on a licensed and an unlicensed basis. It discussed the many
different types of users and uses (e.g., broadcasters, major sports
leagues and theater/entertainment venues, houses of worship, conference
centers, corporations, schools, etc.), different types of wireless
microphones serving specific needs and applications (from extremely
sophisticated, high fidelity microphones used in a professional
setting, to microphones that do not require the same level of audio
quality or performance to meet particular needs), and varying
operational environments (both outdoor and indoor). It also noted that
there had been many technological advances in
[[Page 71704]]
recent years, and that many operations were being migrated to bands
outside of the TV bands, including in bands available for unlicensed
operations. Given that wireless microphones serve the needs of diverse
users for different types of applications, and make use of several
different frequency bands, it sought to develop a full record and
framework for how best to accommodate these needs in the near and over
the long term. In response to the NPRM, the Commission received nearly
90 comments and 17 reply comments.
II. Discussion
9. In this Order, the Commission takes several actions to
accommodate wireless microphone users' needs in the coming years. Many
types of users employ wireless microphones in a variety of settings.
Wireless microphone operations range from professional uses, with the
need for numerous high-performance microphones along with other
microphones, to an individual consumer's use of a handheld microphone
at a conference or in a karaoke bar. Through these actions, the
Commission seeks to enable wireless microphone users to have access to
a suite of devices that operate effectively and efficiently in
different spectrum bands and can address their respective needs.
10. As discussed below, the Commission adopts several changes in
its rules for operations in the TV bands, where most wireless
microphone operations occur today. With respect to the TV bands, the
Commission revises its rules to provide more opportunities to access
spectrum by allowing greater use of the VHF channels and more co-
channel operations without the need for coordination where use would
not cause harmful interference to TV service. It also expands
eligibility for the licensed use of the duplex gap to all entities now
eligible to hold LPAS licenses for using TV band spectrum. The
Commission also will require new wireless microphones operating in the
TV bands and certain other bands to meet the more efficient analog and
digital European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI)
standards, which will ensure more efficient use of the spectrum. In
addition, the Commission addresses consumer education and outreach
efforts that can help consumers transition out of the TV band spectrum
that is repurposed for wireless services, and equipment certification
procedures that will apply to wireless microphones in the future. The
Commission also takes several additional actions with respect to other
spectrum bands currently available for wireless microphone operations
to enable greater use of these bands to accommodate wireless microphone
uses in the future. Specifically, it adopts revisions to provide new
opportunities for such use in the 169-172 MHz band and the 944-952 MHz
band. Finally, the Commission opens up portions of three other sets of
spectrum bands--the 941-944 MHz and 952-960 MHz bands (on each side of
the 944-952 MHz band), the 1435-1525 MHz band, and the 6875-7125 MHz
band--for sharing with licensed wireless microphone operations under
specified conditions.
A. Promoting Technological Advances
11. In the NPRM, the Commission inquired about advances in the
state of analog and digital wireless microphone technologies and the
extent to which these technologies could be made more efficient for
different types of operations, thereby increasing the number of
microphones that could access a given amount of spectrum. In
particular, the Commission asked whether it should adopt more
spectrally efficient analog and digital emission masks for operations
in certain bands. It also sought comment on other technological
advances that could promote more opportunities for accommodating
wireless microphone operations in different bands over the long term--
including development of equipment with replaceable components,
expanding the tunability of equipment within bands, the development of
multi-band equipment, the use of databases, or the use of electronic
keys or similar mechanisms.
12. Wireless microphone manufacturers assert that significant steps
have already been taken to make for more efficient use of available
spectrum, including the increasing use of newer digital technologies
that can greatly expand the number of microphones on a TV channel for
many types of applications that do not require the highest sound
fidelity. Several also state that more devices are increasingly being
designed for operations in bands outside of the TV bands, including in
bands permitting unlicensed operations, and that these new devices can
efficiently and effectively accommodate many wireless microphone users'
needs. Wireless microphone manufacturers generally asserted that
adopting rules that require specific features (e.g., modular
components, use of multi-band equipment, requirement for database
connectivity, or use of electronic keys) are unnecessary and could
impair design features and add costs and complexities.
13. While many wireless microphone manufacturers explain that they
are already committed to harnessing technological advances in this
area, the Commission reiterates the importance of improved spectral
efficiency, spectrum sharing, and flexibility. It expects wireless
microphone manufacturers to continue to take advantage of technological
advances to promote more efficient use of spectrum available for
wireless microphone operations. To further promote efficient use, the
Commission also is taking the step of adopting the more efficient ETSI
standards for wireless microphones in several bands, as discussed
below. The Commission also anticipates that future technological
advances will enable wireless microphones to more effectively share the
available spectrum resource, and require use of certain technological
advances to protect incumbent operation when authorizing wireless
microphone users to access the 1435-1525 MHz band spectrum in the
future.
B. Operations in Specific Bands
14. In the sections below, the Commission addresses the actions
that it is taking in this R&O with respect to wireless microphone
operations in different spectrum bands. The Commission discusses each
of the bands on which it sought comment in the NPRM, and its decisions
regarding these bands and any revisions that it is adopting.
1. VHF/UHF Television Bands
a. Background
15. The Commission's current part 74, subpart H rules authorize
operations of wireless microphones and other LPAS on a licensed basis
in the bands allocated for TV broadcasting (Channels 2-51, except
channel 37). These LPAS devices are intended to transmit over distances
of approximately 100 meters. In addition to wireless microphones, these
LPAS devices include such uses as cue and control communications and
synchronization of TV camera signals. The Commission's rules permit
licensed LPAS operations on a secondary, non-exclusive basis. Entities
eligible to hold these LPAS licenses include broadcasters, television
producers, cable producers, motion picture producers, and qualifying
professional sound companies and operators of large venues. Since 2010,
the Commission also has permitted unlicensed operations of wireless
microphones in the core television bands (channels 2-51, except channel
37) pursuant to a limited waiver and certain part 15 rules
[[Page 71705]]
until such time as final rules for unlicensed operations under part 15
are adopted.
16. Under the part 74 LPAS rules, licensed wireless microphones are
permitted to operate with a maximum bandwidth of 200 kHz (made up of
one or more 25 kHz segments). In the VHF band (channels 2-13, which
include the 54-72 MHz, 76-88 MHz, and 174-216 MHz frequencies) power
levels are limited to 50 mW, whereas in the UHF band (channels 14-51,
except channel 37, which include the 470-608 MHz and 614-698 MHz
frequencies), power levels can range up to 250 mW. The power levels for
unlicensed wireless microphone operations pursuant to waiver, however,
are limited to no more than 50 mW throughout the TV bands (both VHF and
UHF). Licensed and unlicensed wireless microphones may operate co-
channel with television stations at locations that are separated from
television stations by at least 4 kilometers from their protected
contours. In addition, licensed LPAS users may operate on a co-channel
basis even closer to television stations provided that such operations
have been coordinated with affected broadcasters.
17. The particular television channels available for wireless
microphone operations will vary depending on the specific location. In
many instances these channels also are available for use by unlicensed
white space devices. The Commission currently designates the two unused
television channels (where available) nearest channel 37 (above and
below) for wireless microphone uses, prohibiting white space devices on
those channels. As discussed in the Incentive Auction R&O, following
the incentive auction, these two channels will no longer be designated
exclusively for wireless microphones following the repacking of the TV
bands. On channels where both wireless microphones and white space
devices may operate, licensed LPAS operators--including the newly
eligible professional sound companies and venue licensees--will be able
to register to obtain protection from interference from white space
devices by reserving channel(s), on an as-needed basis, at specified
locations and times of operation in the broadcast TV bands databases.
In addition, under existing rules certain qualifying unlicensed
wireless microphone operators can obtain interference protection from
unlicensed white space devices at specified times by registering with
the Commission, enabling them to have their operations included within
the broadcast TV bands databases. The Commission also indicated that it
would be taking steps in the Part 15 proceeding to make improvements to
the registration system in the TV bands databases to enable more timely
and effective reservation of channels that would be protected from
unlicensed white space device operations.
18. As set forth in the Incentive Auction R&O, the current VHF/UHF
television bands (channels 2-51, except channel 37) will be reorganized
following the upcoming incentive auction. As a result of this auction,
the amount of spectrum allocated for television services will be
reduced and repacked, some of the current TV bands spectrum will be
designated for 600 MHz Band guard bands (including the duplex gap), and
other TV bands spectrum will be repurposed for 600 MHz Band wireless
services. As discussed below, these revisions will affect wireless
microphone operations, which currently operate throughout in existing
TV bands, in several ways. In the NPRM, the Commission sought comment
on wireless microphone operations with respect to each of these bands--
the TV bands, the 600 MHz Band guard bands, and the 600 MHz Band being
repurposed for wireless services.
b. Discussion
19. In this section, the Commission sets forth part 74 rule
revisions to accommodate licensed wireless microphone (and other LPAS)
operations in the VHF and UHF spectrum in the repacked TV bands that
will continue to be available for TV broadcast services following the
incentive auction. The Commission is not addressing in this proceeding
certain issues relating to wireless microphone operations in the TV
bands and in the repurposed 600 MHz Band since these matters are being
addressed instead in the part 15 proceeding. In particular, it does not
here address the rules for unlicensed wireless microphone operations in
the TV bands and the repurposed 600 MHz Band, which are addressed as
part of the Part 15 Report and Order (FCC 15-99, ET Docket No. 14-165,
adopted August 6, 2015 and released August 11, 2015). Similarly, it
does not address in this proceeding the technical rules for operations
of unlicensed wireless microphones in the guard bands, including the
duplex gap. Nor does it address here the technical rules for licensed
wireless microphone operations in the duplex gap, since the technical
issues relating to their operations are intertwined with the technical
issues concerning unlicensed operations in the duplex gap and
protection of licensed operations outside of the duplex gap. Finally,
the Commission addresses revisions pertaining to the white spaces
databases in the Part 15 Report and Order.
(i) TV Bands
(a) VHF Band Revisions
20. Under the existing technical rules for LPAS operations under
part 74, licensed wireless microphone users that operate on a secondary
basis in the VHF band (channels 2-13) operate generally under the same
technical rules as for operations in the UHF bands. However, with
respect to power levels, VHF band operations are restricted to no more
than 50 mW, well below the 250 mW levels permitted for operations in
the UHF bands.
21. In the NPRM, the Commission sought comment on the potential for
expanding use of VHF television channel spectrum for wireless
microphone operations. In particular, it asked whether it should revise
the power limits for LPAS operations in the VHF band to conform to
those applicable for LPAS devices in the UHF television band. The
Commission asked whether allowing higher power limits would raise
concerns regarding potential interference to TV stations operating in
the VHF bands or the wireless video assist devices that operate in the
upper VHF band. It also sought comment on the minimum co-channel
separation distance, and whether that distance would need to be
increased. In addition, it invited comment on other rule revisions that
would facilitate more use of this spectrum.
22. The Commission is revising its rules to provide more
opportunities for licensed wireless microphone use of these VHF
channels. While the Commission is not permitting power levels of up to
250 mW conducted power, it is revising the rules that currently measure
the 50 mW limit in terms of conducted power, to specify the 50 mW limit
in terms of effective or equivalent isotropically radiated power
(EIRP), as suggested by Shure in its comments. Several reasons inform
this approach. As noted by Shure, specifying the power levels in terms
of EIRP instead of conducted power will be particularly beneficial to
wireless microphone users in the VHF band, where the efficiency of
antennas is lower due to the longer radio wavelengths. This approach
will allow manufacturers to adjust the conducted power output of a
device to compensate for low antenna efficiency, thus helping address
wireless microphone operators' interest in making greater use of this
[[Page 71706]]
spectrum without the need for a larger antenna. By revising the rules
to specify the current 50 mW power limits in terms of EIRP, the
Commission addresses the Consumer Electronic Association's concerns
that wireless microphone operations do not increase the potential for
interference to TV broadcasts. This revision represents a balance in
addressing the concerns raised, and will increase the performance and
usability of wireless microphones operating on this VHF spectrum
without significantly increasing the risk of interference to TV.
Specifying the power limit in terms of EIRP also ensures uniformity in
the maximum radiated power for wireless microphone operations (licensed
and unlicensed) in the VHF band. The change the Commission is making
does not necessitate any increase in the four kilometer separation
distance between wireless microphones and co-channel TV contours since
the Commission is not allowing any higher EIRP than it assumed in
establishing this distance. The Commission will accept applications to
certify LPAS devices under this rule as soon as that rule becomes
effective, and it will require applications to certify under this
revised rule nine months following release of the Commission's
(Forthcoming Channel Reassignment PN) to conform the date with related
certification requirements the Commission is adopting.
(b) Licensed Co-Channel Operations Closer Than Specified Separation
Distances
23. In the Incentive Auction R&O, the Commission permitted licensed
wireless microphone users to operate closer to television stations than
permitted under the revised separation distances (i.e., no closer than
4 kilometers from the outside of the digital television contours)
provided that they coordinated their operations with affected
broadcasters. The Commission noted, however, that several commenters
had proposed to permit wireless microphone operations on a co-channel
basis without requiring coordination, such as in locations where the TV
signal falls below specified threshold, where the microphones are
shielded from the TV signals due to building attenuation, or where no
over-the-air television receivers are in operation.
24. In the NPRM, the Commission sought to develop a more extensive
record on whether to permit licensed wireless microphone operations on
a co-channel basis closer than the generally applicable separation
distances set forth in its rules, without the need for coordination,
noting its goal to provide more opportunities for licensed wireless
microphone operations in the spectrum that will continue to be
allocated for television services to the extent such operations would
not cause harmful interference to TV operations. In particular, the
Commission proposed to allow LPAS licensees to operate co-channel with
television closer to the television station than provided by the
separation distance rules in locations in which the co-channel TV
signal is below a specified threshold. It sought comment on the
suitable TV signal threshold, and whether other safeguards would ensure
that licensed wireless microphone operators do not otherwise cause
harmful interference to TV reception. It limited this proposal to
licensed wireless microphone users, whom the Commission would expect to
have the requisite wireless microphone systems, as well as technical
and operational abilities, to be able to determine the level of the co-
channel TV signals at a given location, and thus would be able to
comply with such a threshold. The Commission also asked whether it
should require licensed wireless microphone users to register their co-
channel operations in the TV bands databases to provide information to
any television licensee concerned about possible harmful interference.
As an alternative, it sought comment on whether to permit co-channel
licensed wireless microphone operations in indoor venues, such as in
theaters or music auditoriums. It also invited comment on other
approaches.
25. The Commission will permit closer co-channel operations by
licensed wireless microphone operators on any TV channel where the TV
signal falls below a threshold of -84 dBm over the entire TV channel,
provided certain conditions are met. Such operations will be limited to
systems operating at an indoor location, and not in an itinerant
fashion where the signal threshold could be ever-changing, and the
location is not being used for over-the-air television viewing. The
Commission also requires that the licensed operators have the requisite
wireless microphone systems for determining the threshold at the
location, as well as the professional qualifications for evaluating the
signals, and that the signals be measured where the wireless
microphones would be operated at the location, and must be scanned
across the full six-megahertz TV channel; to the extent directional
antennas are employed, they must be rotated to the place of the maximum
signal at the location. The Commission believes this approach for
licensed wireless microphone operations is reasonable for several
reasons. As Sennheiser points out in its comments, the signals would
exceed the threshold of visibility under the Advanced Television
Systems Committee guidelines. The location of operations is indoors and
contained, and wireless microphone signals do not generally transmit
beyond very limited distances (e.g., generally ranging between 100-300
feet) at low levels. In addition, the Commission expects that there
would be significant attenuation of the wireless microphone signal,
both around the microphone (e.g., loss because it is hand-held, or
because of body loss) and as a result of building and other
attenuation, thus further reducing the likelihood of harming TV viewers
outside of the location.
(c) Adoption of ETSI Emission Mask Standards for Analog and Digital
Wireless Microphones
26. The technical rules applicable to part 74 LPAS devices
operations in the TV bands set forth specified out-of-band emission
mask requirements for wireless microphones, regardless of whether the
device is analog or digital. These rules have not been revised since
1987.
27. In the NPRM, the Commission proposed revising the emission
masks applicable to wireless microphones and LPAS devices, with respect
to both analog and digital wireless microphones, to comply with the
applicable ETSI standards for analog and digital wireless microphones
that operate over 200 kHz channels. Specifically, it proposed to
require that emissions from analog and digital unlicensed wireless
microphones comply with the emission masks in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN
300 422-1, Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters
(ERM); Wireless microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range;
Part 1: Technical characteristics and methods of measurement. Because
the ETSI emission masks are defined only over a frequency range of plus
or minus one megahertz from the wireless microphone carrier frequency,
the Commission sought comment on the emission limits that should apply
outside of this frequency range. In addition to the ETSI standards, or
as an alternative, it inquired whether there are other technical
standards that it should adopt to promote more efficient use of the
spectrum available for wireless microphone operations in the TV bands.
Finally, it asked that, if it were to decide to adopt revised
standards, how quickly
[[Page 71707]]
it should require new devices to comply with the new standards.
28. To promote more efficient use of the limited TV band spectrum
available for wireless microphones, the Commission is adopting the ETSI
standard emission masks for LPAS devices used by wireless microphone
licensees under its part 74 rules. Specifically, it will require that
emissions from analog and digital unlicensed wireless microphones
comply with the emission masks in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300 422-1
v1.4.2 (2011-08), Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum
Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency
range; Part 1: Technical characteristics and methods of measurement.
Requiring wireless microphones to meet these tighter emission
requirements will protect authorized services in adjacent bands from
harmful interference, and will improve spectrum sharing by wireless
microphones. Outside of the frequency range where the ETSI masks are
defined (one megahertz above and below the wireless microphone carrier
frequency), the Commission will require that emissions comply with same
limit as the edge of the ETSI masks, specifically, 90 dB below the
level of the unmodulated carrier. The Commission is incorporating the
emission mask requirements set forth in ETSI EN 300 422-1 v1.4.2 (2011-
08) into the Part 74 Subpart H LPAS rules by reference and adding it to
the list of measurement procedures in section 74.861. The Commission is
not persuaded by Lectrosonics' comments that existence of its legacy
unlicensed wireless microphones that would not be compliant with the
new standard should prevent the Commission from establishing a more
efficient standard for wireless microphone devices going forward. The
Commission will require the LPAS devices to comply with this standard
no later than nine months following release of the Channel Reassignment
PN.
(d) Other TV Bands Revisions
29. In the NPRM, the Commission also sought comment generally on
whether it should adopt any other rule revisions for operations of
wireless microphones in the TV bands spectrum that would facilitate
more effective and efficient operations in these bands. It asked that
commenters provide detailed information on reasons for the proposed
changes as well as the types of specific rules that they advocate.
30. The Commission concludes that extending the existing waiver of
its rules to permit nuclear power plants the continued use of spectrum
in the core TV bands would serve the public interest. Consequently, the
Commission hereby grants a permanent waiver of its rules to allow the
continued use of wireless headsets at nuclear power plants, under the
same conditions as the current waiver, in the spectrum that will
continue to be allocated for television following the incentive
auction. In addition, this waiver will permit nuclear power plants to
continue to access the spectrum repurposed for 600 MHz wireless service
during the transition period, but no later, provided that they meet the
conditions for secondary operations in this band. The terms of this
waiver do not extend to include operations in the 600 MHz guard bands,
including the duplex gap, which will no longer be allocated for
broadcast TV. As discussed in the Part 15 Report and Order, wireless
microphone operations in these bands will be limited to 20 mW EIRP,
which is more restrictive than allowed for wireless microphones in the
TV bands. Further, the Commission is not granting, under the terms of
this waiver, any right to continue to operate in the 600 MHz Band after
the end of the post-auction transition period. Unlike the waiver the
Commission is granting, nothing in the record before it indicates
whether the 600 MHz wireless licensees might agree to the request of
the Nuclear Energy Institute and the United Telecom Council relating to
this issue, so the Commission declines to grant their additional
request at this time.
31. In granting this permanent waiver, the Commission declines to
revise the part 74 LPAS rules to provide for such operations on a
licensed basis. The Commission previously declined to make nuclear
plants eligible under part 74, and the issues raised regarding the use
of these particular devices involve considerations unique to the
nuclear power industry, and do not apply to other part 74 LPAS
licensees. Further, in light of the Commission's grant of a permanent
waiver with the associated conditions, licensee status is not
necessary.
c. Eligibility for Licensed Operations in the Duplex Gap
32. In the Incentive Auction R&O, the Commission provided that
broadcasters and cable programming networks using wireless microphones
on a licensed basis would be able to obtain interference protection
from unlicensed devices in a portion of the duplex gap at specified
times and locations, on an as-needed basis. In the NPRM, the Commission
sought comment on whether it should expand eligibility for licensed
wireless microphone operations in the duplex gap to include all of the
entities now eligible for Part 74 LPAS licenses in the TV bands. In
particular, the Commission asked whether such expanded eligibility
would create problems for broadcasters or cable programming networks
operating on this spectrum, or whether these different users generally
operate at different locations, such that their respective operations
would not likely interfere with each other.
33. As discussed in the Incentive Auction R&O, the Commission
provided that broadcasters and cable programming networks using
wireless microphones on a licensed basis could operate in a portion of
the duplex gap, where they would be protected from interference by
unlicensed devices in order to have access to spectrum for certain
programming, including emergency information. The Commission concludes
that expanding eligibility to the other licensed part 74 entities
should not cause any problems for broadcasters and cable programming
networks since the licensed entities will be obligated to coordinate
their operations when and where necessary. The Commission notes that,
as a general matter, these different licensees will likely operate at
different locations and not interfere with each other.
d. Transition Out of the 600 MHz Band Repurposed for Wireless Services
(i) Background
34. Following the upcoming incentive auction, certain existing
television channels in the UHF band will be repurposed for 600 MHz Band
wireless services. In the Incentive Auction R&O the Commission provided
for a multi-year period to help smooth the transition as wireless
microphone operators take steps to obtain new equipment and transition
out of the use of this spectrum no later than the end of post-auction
transition period (i.e., 39 months after the issuance of the Channel
Reassignment PN). Specifically, following the auction these operators
may continue to access the 600 MHz Band during the transition period,
but no later, subject to certain conditions. To the extent that either
licensed or unlicensed wireless microphone users operate in the 600 MHz
Band during this transition period, then consistent with their
secondary or unlicensed status they will not be entitled to any
interference protection from operations of the primary 600 MHz
licensees, and they will be required to cease any operations in the 600
MHz Band if their operations cause harmful
[[Page 71708]]
interference to any 600 MHz licensee's operations.
35. In the NPRM, the Commission sought comment on how best to
facilitate a smooth transition as wireless microphone and other LPAS
users cease their operations on the repurposed 600 MHz Band frequencies
no later than the end of the post-auction transition period. The
Commission indicated that achieving a smooth transition will involve
actions by it, by manufacturers and distributors of wireless
microphones, and by the various wireless microphone operators
themselves, both licensed and unlicensed users. Even though the
specific UHF band frequencies repurposed for 600 MHz Band wireless
services will not be known until following the auction, beginning
preparation for transition as soon as possible will contribute to a
smoother transition. The Commission observed that some wireless
microphones are likely to be capable of operating on repurposed
channels, while others will not. The Commission also pointed out that
although the specific frequencies on which particular wireless
microphones operate may be identified in the owner's manual, the
channels often are not evident on the devices themselves.
(ii) Discussion
(a) Consumer Education and Outreach; Disclosure Requirements
36. The Commission specifically sought comment in the NPRM on how
best to inform users of wireless microphones on the changes following
the auction that will affect their use of wireless microphones in the
TV band spectrum that is being repurposed, including the steps
necessary to prevent interference to new wireless operations in the 600
MHz spectrum, consistent with its goals expressed in the Incentive
Auction R&O. The Commission anticipated a need for education and
outreach directed at wireless microphone users, and that this should
commence before the auction and continue even beyond the end of the 39-
month transition period. The Commission proposed that these education
and outreach efforts should be undertaken by it, manufacturers,
wireless microphone users groups, and relevant trade publications and
other possible sources of information for wireless microphone users. As
a companion to these efforts, the Commission also proposed requiring
that written disclosures accompany new devices at the point of sale to
provide further education to wireless microphone users on the devices'
operations. In considering these actions, the Commission drew
extensively from the approach that it took with respect to the
transition of wireless microphones out of the 700 MHz band. Its goals
were to make information available so users, particularly unlicensed
users, are aware that they must not cause harmful interference to new
wireless operations in the 600 MHz band, and must cease operating their
wireless microphones on the repurposed 600 MHz Band allocated for 600
MHz Band wireless services no later than the end of the transition
period (i.e., 39 months after the release of the Channel Reassignment
PN); to set in motion a process so they are aware of relevant factors
concerning the operation of wireless microphones that are currently in
use; and to establish a means for users to locate additional spectrum
and equipment for their operations that will be available for their
use. The Commission believed that a successful consumer education and
outreach campaign would involve its staff working with a broad group of
interested entities, including wireless microphone manufacturers,
wireless microphones users, and user representatives.
37. The Commission sought comment on the particular actions that
wireless microphone manufacturers, distributors, retailers, and other
entities comprising the wireless microphone community should take to
inform the wide range of wireless microphone users about the ongoing
developments concerning wireless microphone use--particularly the need
to vacate the repurposed 600 MHz Band, the timetable for doing so, and
the conditions for operating in the band during the transition period.
It asked what specific information should be provided to wireless
microphone users to ensure that they know the requirements for
operating in the repurposed spectrum during the transition period and
the need to exit the band by the end of the transition, as well as what
steps can be taken to provide wireless microphone users with
information on the transition prior to the auction. In particular, the
Commission inquired whether it would it be beneficial for wireless
microphone users to have access to a database or some form of online
mapping tool to help users that enter the location and operating
frequencies to determine whether they can continue to operate in the
repurposed 600 MHz Band during the transition period, and if so, who
should be responsible for developing and maintaining (hosting) it.
Similarly, the Commission asked whether it should work with wireless
microphone manufacturers to obtain information on models of wireless
microphones that it could list on its Web site in order to facilitate a
smooth transition from the 600 MHz Band. In addition to steps that may
involve manufacturers, the Commission sought comment on what steps
other parties associated with the sale and operation of wireless
microphones (e.g., trade associations, user groups, or industry
associations), may be able to take to provide users with information
relevant to the transition.
38. The Commission also invited specific comment on what additional
information it should make available for wireless microphone users,
including Commission-issued consumer ``fact sheets'' and ``frequently
asked questions'' (FAQ's) which would address, among other matters,
information on operation in the 600 MHz Band, the reason for the need
to operate on frequencies outside of that band following the
transition, the availability of other frequency bands for wireless
microphone use, and the need to comply with Commission rules.
39. Finally, the Commission proposed to revise its point-of-sale
disclosure requirement that it adopted in the TV Bands Wireless
Microphones R&O, 75 FR 9113, March 1, 2010, in order to provide
information to wireless microphone users that may have to purchase or
lease new equipment so that they can vacate the repurposed 600 MHz
Band. Specifically, with regard to sales of wireless microphones that
are capable of operating in repurposed spectrum, the Commission
proposed to require that such sales include point-of-sale disclosures
that inform buyers that they are buying a microphone that cannot be
used in certain frequencies following the transition. The Commission
also sought comment on how point-of-sale disclosures could be designed
to effectively address any ban on manufacturing and marketing of
wireless microphones that are capable of operating in the repurposed
600 MHz Band. It also proposed that the revised point-of-sale
disclosures direct buyers to the manufacturer's toll free telephone
number or the manufacturer's Web site where the buyer can obtain more
detailed information on the extent to which the microphone may be
affected by repurposing the 600 MHz Band, and asked whether it should
retain the existing language in the point-of-sale disclosure
requirement that includes the Commission's toll free number and the
Commission's Web site where users can obtain additional information on
the operation of wireless microphones during the transition period and
after
[[Page 71709]]
the transition period. The Commission proposed that the effective date
for any disclosure requirement, including a point-of-sale requirement,
which it may adopt in connection with this or a related proceeding,
would be 18 months after the release of the Channel Reassignment PN,
and sought comment on possible alternative dates as well. It requested
comment on the particular factors that should enter into this
determination.
40. As set forth in the NPRM, consumer education regarding the
operations of wireless microphones following the incentive auction is
important. Consumers will need to be informed of the many changes that
will affect their use of the current TV bands that is being repurposed,
including their use of the 600 MHz guard bands and duplex gap, their
continued use of repurposed 600 MHz Band during the post-auction
transition period (i.e., the 39 months following issuance of the
Channel Reassignment PN), and their need to cease operations in the 600
MHz Band no later than the end of the post-auction transition period.
The steps required are similar to those taken in 2010 to inform
consumers about their use of the TV bands that were repurposed for 700
MHz Band wireless services.
41. Disclosure Requirement. The Commission requires anyone selling,
leasing, or offering for sale or lease wireless microphones that
operate in the 600 MHz Band to provide certain disclosures to
consumers, pursuant to section 302. These entities must display the
Consumer Disclosure, the text of which will be developed by Commission
staff, at the point of sale or lease, in a clear, conspicuous, and
readily legible manner. In addition, the Consumer Disclosure must be
displayed on the Web site of the manufacturer (even in the event the
manufacturer does not sell wireless microphones directly to the public)
and of dealers, distributors, retailers, and anyone else selling or
leasing the devices. The Commission finds that these disclosures are
necessary to ensure that consumers are informed that the wireless
microphones may be used, under specified conditions, no longer than the
post-auction transition period, and to help ensure that wireless
microphone users comply with their obligation during the transition
period and cease operating on the 600 MHz band after the end of the
transition period. The Commission delegates authority to its Consumer
and Governmental Affairs Bureau (CGB), working with its Wireless
Telecommunications Bureau (WTB) and Office of Engineering and
Technology (OET), to prepare the specific language, following issuance
of the Channel Reassignment PN, that must be used in the Consumer
Disclosure and publish it in the Federal Register. As discussed above,
there is more than one way in which the point-of-sale Consumer
Disclosure may be provided to potential purchasers or lessees of
wireless microphones, but each of them must satisfy all the
requirements noted above, including that the disclosure be provided in
writing at the point of sale in a clear, conspicuous, and readily
legible manner. One way to fulfill this disclosure requirement would be
to display the Consumer Disclosure in a prominent manner on the product
box by using a label (either printed onto the box or otherwise affixed
to the box), a sticker, or other means. Another way to fulfill the
disclosure requirement would be to display the text immediately
adjacent to each wireless microphone offered for sale or lease and
clearly associated with the model to which it pertains. For wireless
microphones offered online or via direct mail or catalog, the
disclosure must be prominently displayed in close proximity to the
images and descriptions of each wireless microphone. The Commission
will require manufacturers, dealers, distributors, and other entities
that sell or lease wireless microphones for operation in the 600 MHz
Band to comply with the disclosure requirements no later than three
months following issuance of the Channel Reassignment PN, and it
encourages these entities to provide consumers with the required
information earlier.
42. Consumer Outreach. In addition, the Commission finds that
several means should be employed to provide as much notice as possible
to users of the need to clear the 600 MHz Band of wireless microphones.
The Commission directs CGB, working with WTB and OET, to establish a
Web page on its Web site, and prepare and release consumer
publications, including a Consumer Fact Sheet and answers to Frequently
Asked Questions (FAQs), that inform the public of its decisions
affecting wireless microphone operations in the repurposed 600 MHz Band
and the guard bands, as set forth in the Incentive Auction R&O, this
Order, and the Part 15 Report and Order. The Commission further directs
its staff to identify and contact organizations that represent entities
that are known to be users of wireless microphones in the 600 MHz Band,
including groups that represent theaters, houses of worship, and
sporting venues. The Commission will inform these entities of its
decisions affecting wireless microphone operations in the repurposed
spectrum and available resources for information on options for
wireless microphone use going forward.
43. Further, the Commission expects all manufacturers of wireless
microphones to make significant efforts to ensure that all users of
such equipment capable of operating in the 600 MHz Band are fully
informed of the decisions affecting them, as set forth in the Incentive
Auction R&O, this Order, and the Part 15 Report and Order.
Specifically, the Commission expects these manufacturers, at a minimum,
to ensure that these users are informed of the need to clear the 600
MHz Band. Manufacturers also should inform users of wireless
microphones that they may continue to operate in the 600 MHz Band until
the end of the post-auction transition period, but only subject to the
conditions set forth in these orders, including the early clearing
mechanisms. Further, the Commission expects all manufacturers to
contact dealers, distributors, and anyone else who has purchased
wireless microphones, and inform them of its decisions to help clear
the 600 MHz Band. Manufacturers should also provide information on
these decisions to any users that have filed warranty registrations for
600 MHz Band equipment with the manufacturer. The Commission also
expects manufacturers to post this information on their Web sites and
include it in all of their sales literature.
44. In addition, the Commission notes that manufacturers may choose
to offer rebates and trade-in programs for any 600 MHz Band wireless
microphones, similar to what was done with respect to transitioning
wireless microphone users out of the 700 MHz band. The Commission
encourages them to consider creating or establishing such programs
here. In contacting dealers and distributors, it expects manufacturers
to inform these entities that they should: (1) Inform all customers who
have purchased wireless microphones that are capable of operating in
the 600 MHz Band of its decision to clear the 600 MHz Band of such
devices; (2) post such information on their Web sites; (3) include this
information in all other sales materials; (4) provide information in
sales materials, including on their Web sites, on the availability of
any manufacturer rebate offerings and trade-in programs related to
wireless microphones operating in the 600 MHz Band; and (5) comply with
the disclosure requirements that the Commission is adopting in this
Order.
[[Page 71710]]
(b) Post-Auction Prohibition of the Certification, Manufacture, or
Marketing of LPAS Devices Operating on the 600 MHz Band
45. All wireless microphones that now operate in the TV bands are
certified as compliant with part 74, subpart H of the Commission's
rules. The Commission decided in the Incentive Auction R&O that all
wireless microphones that operate in the portion of the TV bands that
will be repurposed 600 MHz Band for licensed wireless services may
continue to operate in that spectrum during the post-auction transition
period but must cease those operations no later than 39 months after
release of the Channel Reassignment PN. At the end of the post-auction
transition, licensed microphones will be permitted to operate in a
portion of the duplex gap, and unlicensed wireless microphones will be
permitted to operate in the guard bands and duplex gap, pursuant to the
rules adopted in the Part 15 Report and Order.
46. In the NPRM, the Commission proposed to establish cutoff dates
for the certification, manufacturing, and marketing of wireless
microphones in the repurposed spectrum to ensure that manufacturers
cease making and marketing equipment for operation in repurposed 600
MHz Band spectrum to ensure that manufacturers cease making marketing
equipment that cannot be legally used after a certain date. Because
similar technical requirements would apply to both licensed and
unlicensed wireless microphones, the Commission proposed to apply to
both the same transition rules for certification, manufacturing, and
marketing in order to be the least disruptive to wireless microphone
manufacturers and users. It proposed taking this action pursuant to its
authority under section 302(a) of the Communications Act. This Order
addresses these issues for licensed wireless microphones generally, and
the Part 15 Report and Order addresses these issues for unlicensed
wireless microphones.
47. In this proceeding, the Commission proposed that parties could
no longer submit applications to certify Part 74 wireless microphones
that operate in repurposed TV spectrum beginning nine months after the
release of the Channel Reassignment PN, when the particular frequencies
that will need to be vacated will first be identified. The Commission
also proposed that it not certify wireless microphones under part 74
that would operate in the 600 MHz guard bands or the unlicensed portion
of the duplex gap. The Commission also inquired whether parties should
not be able to submit applications to certify wireless microphones that
operate in repurposed TV spectrum later than 24 months after the
effective date of the service rules that it adopts for licensed
wireless microphones, and microphones that do not comply with the new
rules may not be manufactured and marketed later than 33 months after
the effective date of the service rules it adopts in this proceeding.
The Commission also proposed that the effective date of any prohibition
on manufacturing or marketing these devices will be 18 months after the
release of the Channel Reassignment PN. In addition, it requested
comment on the economic costs and benefits of different effective dates
for the proposed prohibition on manufacturing or marketing. Finally, to
the extent that the Commission determines to prohibit such manufacture
or marketing, it proposed that any such ban would not apply to devices
manufactured in the United States solely for export.
48. The Commission adopts its proposals for establishing cutoff
dates for the certification, manufacturing and marketing of licensed
wireless microphones in the TV bands, the guard bands (including the
duplex gap), and the repurposed 600 MHz Band. The Commission adopts
transition rules for the TV bands, the guard bands (including the
duplex gap), and the repurposed 600 MHz Band that will allow it to
gradually phase out older microphones and introduce new ones that are
compliant with the technical rules for part 74 wireless microphones
that it adopts in this proceeding and for unlicensed wireless
microphones generally and for licensed wireless microphones in the
duplex gap that it adopts in the Part 15 Report and Order. The
Commission is aligning the transition periods as closely as possible
with the post-auction transition schedule because this will ensure
compliance with the post-auction 600 MHz Band plan and be less
disruptive to wireless microphone manufacturers and users.
49. The Commission adopts the cutoff dates proposed in the NPRM. It
will require applications to certify wireless microphones under the
modified part 74 rules nine months after the release of the Channel
Reassignment PN or no later than 24 months after the effective date of
the new rules, whichever occurs first. The Commission will require that
manufacturing and marketing of all part 74 wireless microphones that
would not comply with the rules for operation in the 600 MHz Band cease
18 months after release of the Channel Reassignment PN or no later than
33 months after the effective date of the new rules, whichever occurs
first.
50. The Commission recognizes that it is important to provide
manufacturers with sufficient time to design new products, obtain
Commission certification, and commence manufacturing. It is equally
important to allow manufacturers to sell existing devices that allow
the public to continue providing service until new products are
available in the marketplace. The cutoff dates that the Commission
adopts for certification, manufacturing and marketing of wireless
microphones appropriately balance these two goals, and it disagrees
with the cutoff dates proposed by CTIA and Mobile Future. Manufacturers
will not know what band plan they need to design and manufacture to
until after the incentive auction is concluded, and it would be
unreasonable to require that only certification applications complying
with the new rules be accepted at the time the Channel Reassignment PN
is released. Broadcast stations will be vacating the 600 MHz Band over
a 39 month period after the release of the Channel Reassignment PN, and
new wireless operations will be built out gradually as broadcast
stations leave the band and most likely continuing beyond the 39 month
transition period. It would be unreasonable to cut off manufacturing
and marketing six months into the 39 month transition period since this
would deny the public access to devices that would allow them to
continue to provide service. The Commission concludes that the cutoff
dates it has chosen will encourage manufacturers to concentrate on
developing wireless microphones that operate in compliance with new
part 74 and part 15 rules and ensure that manufacturers cease making
and marketing equipment that cannot be legally used after a certain
date. Finally, as proposed in the NPRM, the prohibition on manufacture
and marketing will not apply to devices manufactured in the United
States solely for export.
(c) Modification of LPAS Licenses To Remove Authorization for
Operations on the 600 MHz Band
51. In the NPRM, the Commission proposed, pursuant to its authority
under section 316 of the Communications Act, to modify existing LPAS
licenses to the extent necessary to delete frequencies identified as
repurposed for the 600 MHz Band in the Channel Reassignment PN,
effective on the date that the post-auction transition period ends. In
addition, it proposed that, following these license
[[Page 71711]]
modifications, the LPAS licenses will continue to include authorization
to use all frequencies currently included in those licenses other than
the repurposed 600 MHz Band. Finally, the Commission proposed that if a
licensed user must cease operations of a wireless microphone prior to
the end of the post-auction transition period (i.e., because it causes
harmful interference to any 600 MHz licensee's operations), the license
relating to that wireless microphone will be modified automatically
without Commission action to delete the authorization to operate on the
repurposed 600 MHz Band, effective on the date that operations are
required to cease.
52. The Commission adopts the proposal set forth in the NPRM. As
set forth in the Incentive Auction R&O, during the transition period,
wireless microphone users must cease operations if they would cause
harmful interference to any 600 MHz wireless operations, and if there
are violations of this requirement it will enforce its rules
accordingly. The Commission declines the requests to permit wireless
microphone operations in the 600 MHz Band following the transition
period. As the Commission explained in the Incentive Auction R&O,
establishing a hard date by which all licensed and unlicensed wireless
microphone operations must cease provides needed certainty and clarity
about transitioning out of the band, and no party petitioned for
reconsideration of its decision on this matter. Finally, the Commission
directs WTB to modify LPAS licenses to delete the affected frequencies
from LPAS licensees' authorizations, effective at the end of the
transition period.
2. Miscellaneous VHF/UHF Bands
a. 26.100-26.480 MHz, 161.625-161.775 MHz, 450-451 MHz, and 455-456 MHz
Bands
53. Wireless microphones operating pursuant to the part 74 LPAS
rules also are authorized to operate on a licensed basis in small
portions of certain broadcast bands, including the 26.100-26.480 MHz,
the 161.625-161.775 MHz, the 450-451 MHz, and the 455-456 MHz bands.
Eligibility for operating in these bands is limited to broadcasters and
broadcast network entities. While the Commission did not propose any
specific revisions concerning these rules in the NPRM, it sought
comment on the current use of these bands for wireless microphone
operations, and the more expansive use of these bands in the future.
The Commission asked where there are technological advances that may
promote more intensive use, and requested comment on any potential
revisions that it should make to facilitate the use of these bands for
wireless microphone operations.
54. Given commenters' general view that additional use of these
bands is limited, and considering the small amount of spectrum they
offer, revision of its rules to permit expanded operations in these
bands would not yield much benefit. Furthermore, the Commission has
sought comment on revising the rules in these bands to allow for the
use of digital technologies of Remote Pickup (RPU) stations in another
rulemaking, which could result in more intensive use of these bands.
The Commission therefore concludes that it will not make these bands
available for wireless microphone operations other than as currently
authorized, and subject to the outcome in the latter proceeding.
b. 88-108 MHz FM Band
55. As discussed in the NPRM, wireless microphone operations have
long been permitted in the 88-108 MHz FM band on an unlicensed basis
under section 15.239 of the Commission's part 15 rules. While the
Commission did not propose any rule revisions in the NPRM, it sought
comment on whether wireless microphone users continue to make use of
this band for their operations and the extent to which existing or
revised rules will be useful for accommodating wireless microphone
users' needs in the future. To the extent that revisions were proposed,
the Commission requested that parties submit technical information in
support of their proposals, as well as analysis of the benefits of such
revisions and likely impact on FM broadcasters.
56. Based on the comments and record before the Commission, and the
apparently minimal opportunity for making use of this band, it declines
to make any revisions to the rules applicable to wireless microphone
operations in the 88-108 MHz FM band.
3. 169-172 MHz Band
57. Under the Commission's part 90 rules, entities eligible to hold
a Public Safety Pool or Industrial/Business Pool license may operate
wireless microphone operations on a secondary basis on eight
frequencies in the 169-172 MHz band, which is allocated primarily for
Federal use. Specifically, these rules permit wireless microphones to
be operated on only eight frequencies: 169.445 MHz, 169.505 MHz,
170.245 MHz, 170.305 MHz, 171.045 MHz, 171.105 MHz 171.845 MHz, and
171.905 MHz. The emission bandwidth may not exceed 54 kilohertz, the
frequency stability of the microphones must limit the total emission to
within 32.5 kilohertz of the assigned frequency, and
operations may not exceed an output power level of 50 mW.
58. Wireless microphone operations are not protected from other
licensed operations in the band, and must not cause interference to any
Government or non-Government operations, and wireless microphone
license applications are subject to Government coordination. Other non-
Federal operations in the band, which also are secondary to the Federal
allocation, operate on 12.5 kilohertz channels, and include (1)
operations on 36 specified frequencies between 169.425 MHz and 171.925
MHz for the purpose of transmitting hydrological or meteorological data
(hydro channels), (2) operations on 9 frequencies between 170.425 MHz
and 172.375 MHz for forest firefighting and conservation purposes
(forest firefighting channels), and (3) operations on frequency 170.150
MHz for public safety purposes and broadcast remote pickup stations in
certain parts of the country. The current 169-172 MHz band wireless
microphone channels overlap the hydro channels, but not the forest
firefighting channels or public safety operations on frequency 170.150
MHz.
59. In the NPRM, the Commission sought comment on the current use
of spectrum in the 169-172 MHz band for wireless microphones, and how
the spectrum potentially could be used more expansively and intensively
without interfering with Federal operations or the other secondary non-
Federal services. It asked what steps it could take to make the band a
viable option for more wireless microphone users, and sought comment on
two specific approaches: Allowing wireless microphone licensees to
combine each of the four neighboring pairs of channels with each other,
making four larger-bandwidth channels available on new channel centers
between the existing assignable frequencies; or making as much of the
169-172 MHz band as possible available for wireless microphone use and
allowing operation with bandwidths of up to 200 kilohertz, subject to
appropriate technical or geographic limitations.
60. As noted above, the current 169-172 MHz band wireless
microphone channels overlap the hydro channels, but not the forest
firefighting channels. Making as much of the 169-172 MHz band as
possible available for wireless microphone use and allowing operation
with bandwidths of up to 200 kilohertz on center frequencies throughout
the band, as advocated by the commenters,
[[Page 71712]]
would result in wireless microphone channels overlapping forest
firefighting channels. In another proceeding, a petition for rulemaking
proposed to make the forest firefighting channels available for
vehicular repeater systems (VRS) and other mobile repeaters by other
firefighters fighting in-building fires. Despite the benefits that VRS
use provides for first responders, the Commission denied that portion
of the rulemaking petition. It noted concerns expressed by the National
Telecommunications and Information Administration that an interference-
free environment must be maintained on the forest firefighting channels
because even VRS public safety operations on a secondary basis would
pose a risk of creating conflicts with primary Federal safety
operations. Consistent with this precedent, the Commission declines to
allow wireless microphone operations on center frequencies throughout
the band that would overlap forest firefighting channels.
61. The Commission agrees with commenters that it should promote
more opportunities for wireless microphone use of this band.
Consequently, the Commission will pursue the approach of creating new
channel centers between the existing neighboring pairs of channels
(i.e., 169.475, 170.275, 171.075, and 171.875 MHz). The Commission
concludes that the record supports permitting operation on these new
channel centers with a bandwidth of up to 200 kilohertz, rather than
merely combining the existing channels into new channels with a
bandwidth of less than 120 kilohertz, because 200 kilohertz bandwidth
will support higher audio quality, which could facilitate operation in
the band by a wider range of users. Wireless microphones that have
bandwidth exceeding 54 kilohertz will be required to comply with the
emission masks in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300 422-1 v1.4.2 (2008-11)
that the Commission is adopting for licensed wireless microphone
operations in the TV bands.
62. In order to protect Federal operations and the other secondary
non-Federal services, the Commission rejects the suggestion that it
authorize wireless microphone operations in the 169-172 MHz band on an
unlicensed basis pursuant to part 15. Unlicensed operations would
eliminate the Federal Government's ability to review and object to new
assignments in this primary Federal band. Instead, these operations
will be licensed pursuant to part 90 and applications will be subject
to Government coordination.
4. 944-952 MHz Band and Adjacent 941-944 MHz and 952-960 MHz Bands
63. In the NPRM, the Commission sought comment on making revisions
to the rules in the 944-952 MHz band and the two adjacent bands, the
941-944 MHz and 952-960 MHz bands, to accommodate additional licensed
wireless microphone operations.
a. 944-952 MHz Band
64. The Commission's part 74, subpart H rules authorize operations
of wireless microphones on a licensed basis in the 944-952 MHz band.
These LPAS operations are authorized on a co-primary basis along with
other Broadcast Auxiliary Services (BAS) consisting of fixed Aural
Studio to Transmitter links (STL) stations and fixed Aural Intercity
Relay Links stations (ICR). Entities eligible for a license to operate
wireless microphones are limited to broadcast licensees and broadcast
network entities. LPAS devices using this particular band of spectrum
may also be used to transmit synchronizing signals and various control
signals to portable or hand-carried TV cameras which employ low power
radio signals in lieu of cable to deliver picture signals to the
control point at the scene of a remote broadcast. Under the applicable
technical rules, the operating bandwidth for LPAS operations may not
exceed 200 kHz, and the maximum transmitter power is 1 watt. Several
manufacturers have developed wireless microphones that use this band.
65. In the NPRM, the Commission sought comment on potential for
more intensive use of this band for the licensed wireless microphone
operations among the other BAS that use the band. It asked whether,
considering that less spectrum may be available for wireless microphone
operations in the UHF television bands, licensees expect to make
greater use of this band in this band by migrating particular types of
uses to this spectrum when they are spectrum-constrained in the TV
bands, and whether this band is well-suited for high-quality uses.
Because the Commission had proposed adopting ETSI standards for
operations in the TV bands, it also proposed adopting these standards
for LPAS operations in the 944-952 MHz band.
66. The Commission also proposed expanding eligibility in the 944-
952 MHz band to include all of the entities currently eligible under
part 74 for licensed operation of LPAS devices in the TV bands, given
that their wireless microphone needs are similar to those of
broadcasters and broadcast network entities. It asked whether technical
limitations and other considerations should be weighed when assessing
expansion of licensee eligibility in this band to ensure that such
eligibility expansion would not be problematic for existing LPAS
operations in this band.
67. Consistent with this record and in accord with adoption of the
ETSI standard on emission masks for LPAS devices in the TV bands, the
Commission will require that emissions from analog and digital wireless
microphones comply with the emission masks in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN
300 422-1 v1.4.2 (2011-08), for future wireless microphones that will
use this band--applying these revised standards to new equipment
certified under Part 74 in the 944-952 MHz band 9 months after issuance
of the Channel Reassignment PN, consistent with the requirements for
new equipment certified for LPAS devices that operate in the TV bands.
Further, the Commission expands eligibility for operations in the 944-
952 MHz band to include all entities currently eligible to hold LPAS
licenses for operation in the TV bands. This step should help address
the need for additional spectrum outside of the TV bands for this
entire group of licensed users.
68. Licensed LPAS users operating in the 944-952 MHz band (as in
the TV bands) are subject to the frequency selection requirements
contained in Sec. 74.803 of its Rules. The Society of Broadcast
Engineers (SBE) runs a local frequency coordination program for this
band and asserts that coordination would have to be mandatory in order
to avoid interference among different licensees. Accordingly, the
Commission will also require wireless microphone users seeking access
to this band to coordinate their proposed use through the local SBE
coordinator.
b. 941-944 MHz Band and 952-960 MHz Band
69. The two bands immediately adjacent to 944-952 MHz band--the
941-944 MHz and the 952-960 MHz bands--are licensed for fixed services
in varying bandwidths (from 12.5 kHz up to 200 kHz) in different areas
and segments of these eleven megahertz. Most of the spectrum in these
two bands is licensed for Private Operational Fixed (including business
industrial and public safety) and Common Carrier Fixed Microwave
Services authorized under part 101, and fixed Aural Broadcast Auxiliary
Services (STL and ICR) authorized under part 74, while smaller portions
are authorized for Multiple Address Systems (MAS), which consist of
point-to-multipoint
[[Page 71713]]
Fixed Microwave Services authorized under part 101 of the rules.
70. Specifically, most of the 941-944 MHz band--the two and a half
megahertz between 941.5-944 MHz--is available for licensing for Private
and Common Carrier Fixed Microwave Services or for broadcast auxiliary
stations. Fixed point-to-point links in these bands are typically used
for long distance low data-rate links between locations that have line
of sight capability. They employ directional antennas and operate with
fairly high effective isotropic radiated power. Receive antennas are
also directional, affording some rejection of unwanted signals off-axis
from the main lobe of the antenna. The other portion, the half
megahertz between 941-941.5 MHz, is authorized for MAS operations,
specifically communications from MAS master stations to remote
stations; consequently, transmission from the master station is
generally omni-directional, generally within a 25-mile radius, to many
remote stations. MAS historically has been used by the power,
petroleum, and security industries for various alarm, control,
interrogation and status reporting requirements as well as by the
paging industry, and the licensing scheme adopted by the Commission was
designed to accommodate these past and present uses. MAS licenses in
this band are either geographically-based or site-based.
71. Most of the 952-960 MHz band--6.8 megahertz of spectrum between
952.85-956.25 MHz and 956.45-959.85 MHz--is licensed for Private
Operational Fixed Microwave Service (including business industrial and
public safety) authorized under part 101. The remaining portions of the
band are also authorized for MAS operations in three distinct portions,
totaling 1.2 megahertz. The MAS bands are divided into two groups with
differing licensing and service characteristics; these are commonly
known as the 928/952/956 band--used for private internal or public
safety communications, and the 928/959 MHz band--used by CMRS and
paging network incumbents. The MAS portions of these bands have
historically been used by the power, petroleum, and security industries
for various Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) operations
as well as by the paging industry. These licenses also could be either
geographically-based or site-based.
72. In the NPRM, the Commission proposed making unused portions of
the 941-944 MHz and the 952-960 MHz bands available for licensed
wireless microphone operations on a secondary basis, generally under
the rules applicable for LPAS operations in the 944-952 MHz band,
provided that incumbent users in the band could be protected from
interference. The Commission inquired about the extent to which there
are many locations in these bands where spectrum is unused, potentially
available, and in sufficient bandwidth (e.g., 200 kHz) suitable for
wireless microphone uses similar to their uses in the TV bands and 944-
952 MHz band. Considering the different services and service rules that
apply to portions of these bands, and the mix of point-to-point and
point-to-multipoint services already operating in these bands, the
Commission asked whether specific sub-bands would be more suitable than
others for sharing with wireless microphones. In this regard, it first
inquired about those portions of the spectrum available for licensing
for fixed microwave services, which constitutes the majority of the
spectrum in these bands. The Commission sought comment on the ability
of wireless microphone users to determine the availability of suitable
spectrum at particular locations in these portions of the band, and
what issues or factors it should take into account to make spectrum
available for wireless microphone operations while protecting the
incumbent fixed services that operate in these bands. The Commission
then made similar inquiries about making the portions of the spectrum
in these bands that are authorized for MAS operations available for
wireless microphone operations. Considering that many MAS systems are
used by utilities for SCADA operations, it sought comment on whether
these existing users operate in the same general geographic areas as
wireless microphone users, or whether the wireless microphone
operations would be separated geographically because these are
different types of uses. It also asked about other factors that it
should consider when determining whether and how to permit wireless
microphone operations in these MAS portions.
73. The Commission also sought comment on designing rules that
would be necessary to address any interference concerns with particular
incumbent operations that could arise. It asked whether certain types
of services, such as fixed microwave services, would generally not be
prone to interference, and whether others, such as MAS operations
involving SCADA operations, could be more susceptible to interference
and require more protected rules (e.g., rules to specify minimum
separation distances, or create protection zones, or imposed greater
limitations on power levels used by wireless microphones, or
restricting use to indoors). In addition, the Commission sought comment
on the technical rules that would apply to wireless microphone
operations in these bands. It specifically asked whether wireless
microphones should be permitted to operate under the same technical
rules for LPAS operations that apply to operations in the 944-952 MHz
band (e.g., power limits, maximum bandwidth, Out of Band Emissions
(OOBE), including the ETSI standards that it proposed to apply to such
operations. Finally, it sought comment on the equipment issues that
would pertain to wireless microphone operations in these bands,
including various issues relating to the certification process (e.g.,
whether manufacturers should be able to certificate equipment under the
same rules and procedures for LPAS devices that operate in the 944-952
MHz band, or needed to develop new equipment for these bands that would
be certificated in a different manner).
74. Based on the record before us, the Commission will open most of
the 941-944 and 952-960 MHz bands--the 2.5 megahertz of spectrum
between 941.5-944 MHz and the 6.8 megahertz of spectrum between 952.85-
956.25 MHz and 956.45-959.85 MHz--for use by wireless microphones and
other LPAS license eligible entities currently operating in the TV
broadcast bands and for whom it has expanded eligibility to operate in
the 944-952 MHz bands. Because wireless microphones operate at low
power over short distances, and fixed point-to-point systems employ
directional antennas and operate with fairly high effective isotropic
radiated power, the Commission believes that the risk of interference
between LPAS operations and fixed point-to-point operations is low, and
commenters generally agree with that conclusion. The Commission finds
further support for its decision in parties' assurances that equipment
to utilize these expanded bands could be brought to market quickly.
Furthermore, it finds that LPAS operations in the these bands should be
subject to the same part 74 technical rules that apply to LPAS
operations in the 944-952 MHz band (e.g., the same power limits,
maximum bandwidth, and coordination requirements). The Commission also
adopts the ETSI standard for emission masks in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN
300 422-1 v1.4.2 (2011-08); and will require emissions beyond +/-1 MHz
from the carrier or center frequency to be
[[Page 71714]]
attenuated by 90 dB. It will apply this standard to new licenses in the
941.5-944 MHz, 952.85-956.25 MHz and 956.45-959.85 MHz bands upon the
effective date of this order. Consistent with the coordination
requirements the Commission adopted for the 944-952 MHz band, it will
also require wireless microphone users seeking access to the 941.5-944
MHz, 952.85-956.25 MHz and 956.45-959.85 MHz bands to coordinate their
proposed use through the local SBE coordinator.
75. The Commission does not, however, open the remaining portions
of the bands authorized for MAS operations, in three distinct portions
totaling 1.7 megahertz, for licensed wireless microphone operations.
Unlike with fixed point-to-point operations, it concludes that there is
a greater risk of interference from a wireless microphone being
operated at close proximity to a MAS remote station. Unlike fixed
point-to-point operations (including BAS studio transmitter links),
geographic area MAS licensees may add master and remote stations
throughout their service area without prior Commission approval, and
incumbent MAS licensees are allowed to expand their systems under
certain circumstances. Given the record before the Commission,
including the concerns of representatives of MAS interests, it
concludes that proponents of using the MAS bands for wireless
microphones have not demonstrated that they can coexist with MAS
without causing interference. Furthermore, there is only a relatively
small amount of spectrum in discrete segments potentially unused and
available in this 1.7 megahertz.
5. Unlicensed Operations in the 902-928 MHz, the 2.4 GHz, and the 5 GHz
Bands
76. The 902-928 MHz, 2.4 GHz (2400-2483.5 MHz), and 5 GHz (5725-
5850 MHz) bands generally permit operations of unlicensed devices
pursuant to two part 15 rules, 47 CFR 15.247 and 15.249. Wireless
microphones are among the devices that operate on an unlicensed basis
in these bands under these rules.
77. In the NPRM, the Commission sought general comment on the
current and potential uses of the band for various wireless microphone
operations, the types of applications for which the bands are best
suited, the limitations associated with use of these bands, and
technological advances that have improved the ability to make use of
the band for wireless microphone operations. In requesting information
on the use of these bands, it sought to develop a more complete record
of how these bands are useful in meeting various needs of wireless
microphone users. The Commission did not propose to revise any of these
part 15 rules that apply to a broad range of unlicensed operations.
78. The Commission concludes that although the use of these bands
at this time may be more appropriate for certain types of wireless
microphone applications, they nonetheless can support devices that are
part of the suite of wireless microphone devices that accommodate the
needs of various users. It also anticipates that further technological
advances can make improvements in performance, and hence make use of
these bands more attractive for meeting many wireless microphone users'
needs. As noted above, the Commission did not propose to make any
revisions of the rules applicable for a wide range of unlicensed uses
in these bands, and decline here to make any revisions. It generally is
not inclined to make changes to these rules without demonstrated need
that changes would benefit the many users of these bands.
6. 1920-1930 MHz Unlicensed PCS Band
79. The 1920-1930 MHz band is allocated to Fixed and Mobile
services on a primary basis and is designated for use by Unlicensed
Personal Communications Service (UPCS) devices under the Commission's
part 15 rules for unlicensed operations. To facilitate the sharing of
spectrum in the UPCS band, the current rules require use of a ``listen-
before-transmit'' protocol that specifies a process for monitoring the
time and spectrum windows that a transmission is intended to occupy for
signals above a defined threshold. Digital Enhanced Cordless
Telecommunications (DECT) technology may be used in this band since it
complies with the general rules for operating in this band. DECT-based
radio technology facilitates voice, data, and networking applications
with range requirements up to a few hundred meters. DECT technologies
minimize interference and can be particularly effective for voice
communications, and many manufacturers make wireless microphones that
use this spectrum.
80. In the NPRM, the Commission invited comment on the current and
potential uses of the 1920-1930 MHz UPCS band for wireless microphone
applications, advances in wireless microphone technologies making use
of this spectrum, and the types of applications for which it may be
best suited. It did not propose any revisions, but did ask generally
whether it should consider any technical revisions that could make this
band more useful for wireless microphone applications without adversely
affecting operations of other users in the band.
81. As discussed above, wireless microphone manufacturers are
finding ways under the existing rules to make use of this unlicensed
band to address particular types of wireless microphone users' needs.
The Commission encourages wireless microphone users to make use of this
band where it can effectively serve their needs. It did not propose
revisions to the rules in this band, and recognizing the many other
applications that make use of this band, it will not make revisions at
this time.
7. 1435-1525 MHz Band
82. The 1435-1525 MHz band (1.4 GHz band) is shared by the Federal
government and industry for aeronautical mobile telemetry (AMT)
operations. AMT systems are used for flight testing of manned and
unmanned aircraft, missiles, and space vehicles, and associated
communications such as range safety, chase aircraft, and weather data.
The Department of Defense (DOD) is the major Federal user of the band,
although the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) and
the Department of Energy (DOE) also have assignments within it. The
commercial aviation industry uses the band for flight testing of new
and modified commercial, corporate, and general aviation aircraft at
various facilities across the United States. Both the FCC and NTIA
recognize the Aerospace and Flight Test Radio Coordinating Council
(AFTRCC) as the non-governmental coordinator for assignment of flight
test frequencies in the band. Through the Special Temporary Authority
(STA) process, professional sound engineering companies responsible for
major event productions have obtained authority to operate both
wireless microphones (and similar audio devices) and video equipment on
a temporary basis (e.g., a few days or a week) to access this spectrum.
These STAs supplement the parties' existing access to other spectrum
resources (primarily the TV bands) for coverage of sporting and other
public events at specified locations around the country. Under existing
practice, the applicants have had to demonstrate that they have fully
coordinated their proposed spectrum use with AFTRCC before the
Commission will grant a STA. The STAs have provided the applicants
access to up to 90 megahertz of spectrum in the 1435-1525 MHz band, and
only when that spectrum is not subject to AMT use at the specified
times and locations.
[[Page 71715]]
Operators generally use equipment that has been specially developed or
modified for use of the 1.4 GHz band spectrum.
83. In the NPRM, the Commission proposed making the 1.4 GHz band
spectrum available for use by wireless microphones on a secondary
licensed basis, with use limited to licensed professional users at
specified locations and times operating pursuant to specified
safeguards designed to protect AMT use of the band. It sought general
comment on the suitability of this spectrum for wireless microphone
operations, and stated its commitment to ensuring that any wireless
microphones operating in this spectrum are spectrally efficient and
frequency agile.
84. While the Commission sought to provide wireless microphone
users in need of additional spectrum resources with access to the 1.4
GHz band spectrum to help accommodate those needs, it contemplated only
limited use of this spectrum and did not propose to open it for either
widespread or itinerant uses throughout the nation. In particular, the
Commission proposed that wireless microphone uses be restricted to
specific fixed locations, such as large venues (whether outdoor or
indoor), where there may be a need to deploy large numbers of
microphones (e.g., 100 or more), and only at specified times. It
proposed limiting eligibility to professional users, including
broadcasters, professional television and cable programmers, and
professional sound engineering companies, and operators at major venues
that manage and coordinate wireless microphone operations, i.e., the
entities eligible for licensed LPAS operations in the TV bands. In
proposing to require prior coordination with AFTRCC, the Commission
sought comment on specific coordination mechanisms that would ensure
that wireless microphone operations only occur at the locations and
times where authorized, and would be effective in preventing the use of
these devices at any other location or time without authorization.
85. In considering the appropriate framework for wireless
microphone operations in the band, the Commission noted that it already
permits secondary, low power short-range Medical Body Area Network
(MBAN) devices to share use of another band where AMT operations are
primary (i.e., the 2360-2390 MHz band) pursuant to a specified
coordination process. The Commission asked about the extent to which
the rules for MBAN operations might serve as a model for rules that it
should adopt for wireless microphone operations in the 1.4 GHz band.
MBAN device operators are required to register each device with the
frequency coordinator and provide specified information--including the
frequencies to be used, the location of the devices, the power levels
used, and point of contact information regarding the entity responsible
for the MBAN device operations. MBAN devices also must cease
transmission in the absence of a control message. The Commission
further noted that, as part of the MBAN proceeding, it had recognized
that specific tools, such as electronic keys, could be useful to
coordinators as they sought to achieve mutually agreeable coordination
agreements.
86. The Commission sought comment on requiring that wireless
microphone systems, which often are moved from one location to another
(e.g., when used to cover different events), could only operate through
use of an automatic mechanism (such as an electronic key, and location-
awareness capability, or similar mechanisms) that would serve to
prevent wireless microphones from operating unless on approved
frequencies in the 1.4 GHz band at the approved location/venue(s)
during approved time(s). In addition, the Commission invited comment on
whether it should adopt point-of-sale restrictions that would enable
only entities licensed to operate in this band (discussed below) to
obtain the devices.
87. To the extent the Commission decided to authorize wireless
microphone operations in this band, it sought comment on the technical
rules that would apply to devices that would use the band, including
considerations designed to ensure that the primary AMT operations would
be protected. It asked whether the technical rules should be the
similar to those that apply to wireless microphones that operate in
other bands, as well as whether ETSI standards should be adopted for
those devices. To preserve maximum flexibility for wireless microphone
operations in the band, it inquired whether it should require wireless
microphones to have the capability of tuning across the band, as well
as whether wireless microphones designed to operate in the 1.4 GHz band
should have modular transmitting components that, if necessary, could
be replaced to enhance frequency agility. In addition, the Commission
asked whether there should be an interim process for permitting
wireless microphone operations in the band as any necessary new devices
are being made, and what device certification process should be
employed. Finally, consistent with its proposal, the Commission
envisioned adding a secondary mobile except aeronautical mobile service
allocation to the 1435-1525 MHz band for limited use under the service
rules it adopts for the band.
88. As proposed in the NPRM, the Commission authorized limited use
of the 1.4 GHz band for licensed wireless microphones operations, with
secondary status in the band in the table of allocations, and only
provided that certain conditions and safeguards designed to protect AMT
services are met. Experience through the STA process demonstrates that,
under proper conditions, wireless microphones will be able to operate
in this band without interfering with the critical aeronautical flight
test operations that rely on primary access to this spectrum.
Eligibility to use this band will be restricted to professional users
(to include broadcasters, professional television and cable
programmers, and professional sound engineering companies, and
operators at major venues that manage and coordinate wireless
microphone operations). The Commission also adopted Shure's
recommendation, and will permit 200 kHz analog and digital masks and
adopt the emission masks in Section 8.3 of ETSI standard EN 300-422-1
v1.4.2 (2011-08), with power levels of up to 250mW consistent with the
rules for UHF operations in the TV bands. To accommodate this limited
use, the Commission is adding a new footnote, US84, to the Table of
Frequency Allocations. This footnote explicitly permits secondary
wireless microphone use in the 1435-1525 MHz band, which is already
allocated to the mobile service on a primary basis but restricted to
aeronautical telemetry.
89. As proposed in the NPRM, the Commission is only authorizing
limited use of this spectrum for licensed wireless microphone uses,
where access may be important for certain specified events. It is not
opening up this band either for widespread use or for itinerant uses
throughout the nation. In particular, it is restricting use to specific
fixed locations, such as large venues (whether outdoor or indoor),
where there is a need to deploy large numbers of microphones (typically
100 or more) for specified time periods, for situations in which the
other available spectrum resources are insufficient.
90. Protection of primary service in the band by this new secondary
service is of paramount importance. Wireless microphone use in the band
must be coordinated with the non-governmental coordinator for
assignment of flight test frequencies in the band (i.e., AFTRCC), and
authentication and location
[[Page 71716]]
verification will be required before a coordinated wireless microphone
begins operation. Wireless microphones operating in this band must also
be tunable across the entire 1435-1525 MHz band, as recommended by
AFTRCC. This capability will facilitate coordination with incumbent
users whose aeronautical testing may be variable across the band.
Additionally, the Commission will authorize all microphones operating
in a particular area to access no more than 30 megahertz in the 1435-
1525 MHz band. This requirement will facilitate coexistence in the band
by ensuring that wireless microphones operating be able to coordinate
around AMT operations and by promoting the development of spectrally
efficient technologies (e.g., digital technologies). The Commission
also emphasizes that the STA process remains available to address
extraordinary situations or special events requiring more spectrum
access.
91. The Commission is convinced that many of the elements that led
to the successful adoption of the final MBAN service rules will also
promote licensed secondary wireless microphone use of the 1.4 GHz band.
Chief among these will be the cooperation of the AMT community in
recognizing opportunities to share use of the band in those locations
and times that will not interfere with the critical existing primary
use, and the implementation of a coordination process to allow for such
determinations in a timely and effective manner. However, the
Commission recognizes that this coordination scenario is different from
the MBANs case in that the secondary use will not be restricted to
indoor locations in relatively limited and well-defined geographic
places (i.e., hospitals). The Commission thinks there is good basis for
AFTRCC's suggestions that equipment authentication be done through an
automated mechanism and repeated regularly, that the equipment be
designed to automatically cease operation in the absence of such
registration and authentication, and that the equipment incorporate a
geolocation capability more sophisticated than the manual entry of
coordinates. Accordingly, the Commission will require manufacturers to
design, and operators to use, software-based controls (or similar
functionality) to prevent devices from operating in the band except in
the specific channels coordinated with AFTRCC for any given location.
92. The Commission will leave the details of these matters for
resolution at a future time, to be informed by further negotiation
between manufacturers and the flight test community. It is also not
mandating, at this time, the use of a specific coordinator or
coordinators to represent the wireless microphone community (analogous
to the MBAN coordinator). The decision as to whether such a coordinator
may be appropriate for the professional licensed wireless microphone
user base (and consideration of whether such a coordinator would
provide sufficient user oversight so as to allow greater flexibility in
how 1.4 GHz wireless microphone equipment may be designed) will be
better informed after further discussion by the interested parties.
93. The Commission's intent is to provide a stable new environment
for professional wireless microphone users, but it must also be mindful
of the fact that, as noted above, wireless microphone use of the 1.4
GHz band will operate pursuant to a secondary allocation. In light of
this regulatory status, and considering the history of wireless
microphone users having to replace equipment as band availability has
evolved, the Commission strongly encourages parties designing equipment
for this band to incorporate design elements--such as modular
transmitting components or wider tuning capability extending to other
bands--that will allow the greatest future flexibility should
regulatory circumstances ever change. The Commission reminds licensees
and manufacturers that they will bear the future cost of any such
changes and, therefore, that relatively small upfront costs to increase
flexibility may prevent much greater costs associated with replacing
equipment in the unforeseeable future. It intends to continue a dialog
with the wireless microphone community so that licensees and
manufacturers will be able to anticipate, well in advance, any new
developments (e.g., the availability of other bands for wireless
microphones) that might inform the design of new equipment.
94. While the Commission concludes that the costs of the particular
requirements it is establishing for wireless microphone use of the 1.4
GHz band are outweighed by the benefits of allowing licensed secondary
use in a band that would otherwise not be available, it recognizes that
the requirements are likely to limit 1.4 GHz wireless microphone use to
a relatively limited community of professional users. The limited size
of the user pool will facilitate coordinated use of the band and
mitigate successfully AFTRCC's concerns regarding unauthorized users.
The Commission also expects wireless microphone manufactures to
continue to innovate and find further operational efficiencies, and
believe that they will be able to draw on the experiences of MBAN
proponents as they develop equipment designed to operate in the AMT
space. Finally, because the Commission will continue to allow for the
existing coordinated use of this band under the STA process, it is not
establishing an interim process for permitting wireless microphone use
under the new procedures pending the development of new equipment and
final coordination and registration requirements.
8. 3.5 GHz Band
95. In the NPRM, the Commission noted the 3.5 GHz Band FNPRM
adopted earlier in 2014, in which it sought comment various potential
uses of the 3.5 GHz band as it developed rules for operating in that
band, see 79 FR 31247, June 2, 2014. It made clear that all of the
issues regarding the policies and rules for operations in the 3.5 GHz
proceeding would be decided in that proceeding, but nonetheless sought
general comment on whether wireless microphone operations potentially
could be employed in the 3.5 GHz band to help accommodate particular
needs of users.
96. In April 2015, the Commission adopted rules for commercial use
of 150 megahertz in the 3.5 GHz band, see 80 FR 34119, June 15, 2015.
These rules specified a federal/non-federal sharing arrangement of that
band as part of a broader three-tiered sharing framework, which
included Priority Access and General Authorized Access (GAA) tiers of
service for commercial wireless use. This band potentially can provide
opportunities for wireless microphone operations. Both tiers of service
are open to any party eligible for a Commission license and could
provide opportunities for wireless microphone operations.
9. 6875-7125 MHz Band
97. As the Commission discussed in the NPRM, the 6875-7125 MHz band
(7 GHz band) has long been authorized for shared co-primary use for
fixed microwave operations among TV BAS stations (including television
studio-transmitter links, television relay stations, and television
translator relay stations) under part 74 and cable television relay
stations (CARS) under part 78 of its rules. Broadcast network and cable
entities may also use the band on a secondary basis for mobile or
temporary fixed microwave operations for TV and CARS pickup stations.
In addition, broadcasters can operate certain BAS facilities in the 7
GHz band
[[Page 71717]]
on a short-term, secondary basis without prior authorization for up to
720 hours a year. The BAS stations make it possible for television and
radio stations and networks to transmit program materials from the
sites of breaking news stories or other live events to television
studios for inclusion in broadcast programs. The CARS stations enable
cable operators to distribute programming to microwave hubs where it is
impossible or too expensive to run cable and to cover live events. In
2011, the Commission also authorized Fixed Services (FS) microwave
operations under part 101 (for Private, Common Carrier, or Public
Safety microwave systems) to share use of the band, on a co-primary
basis, but only in areas where BAS and CARS television pickup
operations are not licensed and not on two 25 megahertz channels in the
middle of the band reserved for TV pickup stations (channels at 6975-
7000 MHz and 7000-7025 MHz).
98. The 250 megahertz in the 7 GHz band is comprised of ten 25
megahertz channels. BAS and CARS licensees may be authorized to operate
both fixed and mobile stations on any of these channels, and FS
licensees on all but two of them (as noted above). The Commission has
not otherwise adopted a formal, nationwide segmentation plan for the 7
GHz band to separate fixed and mobile operation. BAS and CARS licensees
are authorized to operate on 25 megahertz channels, FS operators may be
authorized to operate on 25 megahertz channels or on smaller channels
of 5, 8.33 or 12.5 megahertz. Furthermore, all fixed BAS, CARS, and
part 101 FS stations must engage in the same frequency coordination
process required of all part 101 services, whereas temporary fixed or
mobile TV pickup services continue to be subject to informal
coordination procedures within their service areas.
99. In the NPRM, the Commission proposed to permit licensed
wireless microphone operations on available channels in this band, on a
secondary basis, for entities eligible to hold BAS or CARS licenses.
Considering the likelihood of significant areas of unused spectrum
throughout this band, the Commission sought comment on whether spectrum
in this band could be made available for relatively low power, short-
range wireless microphone operations without interfering with existing
services. Given that BAS and CARS licensees already use the 7 GHz band
for certain types of video applications and programming production, it
asked whether there would be synergies in permitting wireless
microphone operations that could supplement those existing
applications. The Commission sought comment on particular rules that
could facilitate wireless microphone operations in the band while also
protecting existing services, specifically inquiring whether it should
make spectrum in all of the 7 GHz band available for wireless
microphone operations on a secondary, non-interfering basis, or only
make certain portions of the 7 GHz band available for wireless
microphone operations. It also sought comment on what technical rules
(LPAS or otherwise) would best facilitate wireless microphone
operations in the band, whether such rules should include the ETSI
standards, and what if any interference criteria such as geographic
exclusion zones or OOBE limits would protect incumbent services in the
band. Given that coordination among licensees currently is required,
the Commission asked to what extent formal or informal coordination of
wireless microphone operations should be required--i.e., whether
wireless microphone users could share operations among themselves on
the same private-sector, frequency-coordinated basis that exists for
the use of BAS mobile shared spectrum. Finally, it sought comment on
the availability of wireless microphone equipment for this band.
100. The Commission will permit BAS and CARS eligible entities, as
well as the other entities eligible to hold LPAS licenses under part
74, to operate wireless microphones on a licensed, secondary basis in
the 7 GHz band on two 25 megahertz channels that it will set aside for
such use on the top and bottom channels of this band (6875-6900 MHz and
7100-7125 MHz). It declines to make the entire band available for
wireless microphone use because there has been no demonstration that
there is a need for all 250 megahertz of spectrum to be made available
for wireless microphone use. The Commission is particularly concerned
about compatibility between wireless microphones and itinerant BAS
operations in the two channels reserved for nationwide use. SBE
originally supported use of one 25 megahertz channel in the band, and
by offering twice as much spectrum, the Commission hopes to create the
necessary flexibility for wireless microphones to opportunistically
find frequencies they can use on a secondary basis without interfering
with, or receiving interference from, primary users with whom they must
share and who typically operate at a higher power. Additionally, the
Commission is reassured in its approach to the 7 GHz band by the
commenters stating that equipment for these bands is readily available
internationally and could be easily brought to market. While Broadcast
Sports, Incorporated (BSI) favored setting aside 13 megahertz spectrum
segments only for wireless microphone use on a primary basis, the
Commission declines to do so because the 7 GHz band should remain fully
available for BAS, CARS, and point-to-point operations. It is concerned
that granting LPAS exclusive or co-primary status could impede the
growth of the important existing uses of the band. Furthermore, under
the Commission's existing rules, LPAS users are required to avoid
causing harmful interference to any other class of station authorized
under its rules or the Table of Allocations. BSI has not explained why
a different rule is necessary or appropriate in the 7 GHz band.
Moreover, the Commission has endeavored to make two 25 megahertz
channels available at the top and bottom of the band (more than BSI
requested) so that wireless microphones will have additional
flexibility to select specific frequencies within the channel that will
not cause interference to other services in the bands.
101. With respect to coordination, generally, in lieu of mandating
specific interference criteria in its rules, the Commission expects
applicants and licensees to work out interference issues in the
frequency coordination process. FS, BAS, and CARS (other than mobile or
temporary fixed operations) already operate in the 7 GHz band subject
to a formal Part 101 coordination process pursuant to which all fixed
station applicants must provide affected licensees and contemporaneous
applicants with 30-day prior notification and an opportunity to
participate in frequency coordination before filing their applications
with the Commission. Mobile and temporary fixed stations are generally
coordinated through local SBE coordinators pursuant to the requirements
in section 74.638(d). The Commission will require new wireless
microphone operations in the band to coordinate their operations
through the local SBE coordinator. It will permit licensees to
aggregate channels in these bands for wider-band transmission. Finally,
it will apply the same part 74 technical rules applicable to wireless
microphones in the TV broadcast bands to their operations in these
bands, require that wireless microphones comply with the emission masks
in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300 422-1 v1.4.2 (2011-08) and will require
[[Page 71718]]
that emissions beyond +/-1 MHz from the carrier or center frequency to
be attenuated by 90 dB.
10. Ultra-Wideband
102. The Commission's rules for ultra-wideband (UWB) unlicensed
devices are set forth in part 15, subpart F. Operating pursuant to the
technical rules set forth in part 15, UWB devices can use spectrum
occupied by existing radio services without causing harmful
interference, thereby permitting scarce spectrum resources to be used
more efficiently. Wireless microphones operating under these rules
would be required to operate pursuant to the UWB rules for
communications systems, which permit operations in the 3.1-10.6 GHz
band. Under the UWB rules, these devices must be designed to ensure
that operation can occur indoors only, or must consist of hand-held
devices that may be employed for such activities as peer-to-peer
operation. The Commission noted that at least one wireless microphone
manufacturer has developed and markets wireless microphones that
operate under these rules.
103. In the NPRM, the Commission sought comment on the current and
potential uses of UWB devices for wireless microphone applications. It
asked whether there are there particular uses for which wireless
microphones operating under UWB rules are well suited, such as indoor
and/or short-range operations, and whether manufacturers are promoting
the use of UWB wireless microphones for particular applications.
Finally, it invited comment regarding steps that it should take to
facilitate use of UWB devices for wireless microphone uses. It did not
propose or seek comment on any rule revisions that would be designed to
accommodate wireless microphone applications.
104. While the Commission did not propose, nor is it adopting, any
changes to these rules, it does encourage further developments that can
enable various wireless microphone applications to meet particular
consumers' needs. Any changes to the existing rules would require much
more extensive technical justification and analyses, as an initial
matter, which are not before the Commission.
11. Other Potential Bands
105. In the NPRM, the Commission invited comment on whether there
are other bands not currently available for wireless microphone
operations that may be useful in helping to accommodate their needs,
whether in the nearer term and over the longer term. In particular, the
Commission inquired about the 2020-2025 MHz band, asking whether this
band might be technically suitable for wireless microphone operations,
the potential equipment availability, and other issues that would need
to be considered. It also requested comment on how a decision to permit
wireless microphone operations in this band would affect its earlier
decision to allocate those five megahertz for non-federal fixed and
mobile service, whether allowing access would be helpful in
accommodating wireless microphone operations, and whether use of this
band for wireless microphones would advance its spectrum management
goals, including promoting efficient use of spectrum.
106. The Commission declines to take any action with respect to
2020-2025 MHz at this time. In the NPRM, it asked commenters who were
interested in this band to address the technical suitability of this
band for wireless microphones, to identify the potential availability
of equipment for operations in the band, and to explain how wireless
microphone use would be consistent with the Commission's earlier
decision to allocate this band for non-federal fixed and mobile
service. It also sought comment on how permitting wireless microphone
operations would be advance spectral efficiency and other spectrum
management goals. While certain parties express support for using this
band for wireless microphones, the record currently before the
Commission does not provide sufficient basis to make this spectrum
available for wireless microphone operations at this time, particularly
in light of the substantial steps it takes in this R&O to accommodate
wireless microphone operations in other bands. Accordingly, while the
Commission does not foreclose future consideration of wireless
microphone operations in the 2020-2025 MHz band, it is not permitting
wireless microphone access to this band at this time.
III. Procedural Matters
A. Paperwork Reduction Analysis
107. This Report and Order contains new or modified information
collection requirements subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
(PRA), Public Law 104-13. It will be submitted to the Office of
Management and Budget (OMB) for review under section 3507(d) of the
PRA. OMB, the general public, and other Federal agencies are invited to
comment on the new or modified information collection requirements
contained in this proceeding. In addition, pursuant to the Small
Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, Public Law 107-198, 44 U.S.C.
3506(c)(4), the Commission previously sought specific comment on how it
might further reduce the information collection burden for small
business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
B. Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
108. As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, as
amended (RFA),\1\ and Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA)
was incorporated in the in the Notice of Proposed Rule Making (NPRM),
Promoting Spectrum Access for Wireless Microphone Operations, GN Docket
No. 14-166 and Expanding the Economic and Innovation Opportunities of
Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions, GN Docket No. 12-268.\2\ The
Commission sought written public comment on the proposals in the NPRM,
including comment on the IRFA. This present Final Regulatory
Flexibility Analysis (FRFA) conforms to the RFA.\3\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ See 5 U.S.C. 603. The RFA, see 5 U.S.C. 601-612, has been
amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of
1996 (SBREFA), Pub. L. 104-121, Title II, 110 Stat. 857 (1996).
\2\ See Promoting Spectrum Access for Wireless Microphone
Operations; GN Docket No. 14-166 and Expanding the Economic and
Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions, GN
Docket 12.268 (FCC 14-145) Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, 29 FCC Rcd
12343, adopted September 30, 2014.
\3\ See 5 U.S.C. 604.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Need for, and Objectives of, the Report and Order
109. In this Report and Order, we take several actions to
accommodate wireless microphone users' needs in the coming years. Many
types of users employ wireless microphones in a variety of settings.
Wireless microphone operations range from professional uses, with the
need for numerous high-performance microphones along with other
microphones, to the need for a handheld microphone to transmit voice
communications, to a range of different uses and needs for different
numbers of microphones in different settings. Through these actions, we
seek to enable wireless microphone users to have access to a suite of
devices that operate effectively and efficiently in different spectrum
bands and can address their respective needs.
110. We adopt several changes in our rules for operations in the TV
bands, where most wireless microphone operations occur today. With
respect to the TV bands, we revise our rules to provide more
opportunities to access spectrum by allowing greater use of the VHF
channels and more co-channel
[[Page 71719]]
operations without the need coordination where use would not cause
harmful interference to TV service. We also open up the licensed use of
the duplex gap to all entities eligible to hold LPAS licenses for using
TV band spectrum. We also will require new wireless microphones
operating in the TV bands and certain other bands to meet the more
efficient analog and digital ETSI standards, which will ensure more
efficient use of the spectrum. In addition, we address consumer
education and outreach efforts that can help consumers transition out
of the TV band spectrum that is repurposed for wireless services, and
equipment certification procedures that will apply to wireless
microphones in the future. We also discuss several additional actions
we are taking with respect to other spectrum bands currently available
for wireless microphone operations to enable greater use of these band
to accommodate wireless microphone uses in the future. Specifically, we
adopt revisions to provide new opportunities in the 169-172 MHz band
and the 944-952 MHz band. Finally, we open up three other sets of
spectrum bands--portions of the 941-944MHz and 952-960 MHz bands, the
1430-1525 MHz band, and the 6875-7125 MHz band--for sharing with
licensed wireless microphone operations under specified conditions.
D. Summary of Significant Issues Raised by Public Comments in Response
to the IFRA
111. There were no public comments filed that specifically
addressed the rules and policies proposed in the IRFA.
E. Response to Comments by the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
Business Administration
112. Pursuant to the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010, the
Commission is required to respond to any comments filed by the Chief
Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration, and to
provide a detailed statement of any change made to the proposed rules
as a result of those comments. The Chief Counsel did not file any
comments in response to the proposed rules in this proceeding.
F. Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities to Which
the Final Rules Will Apply
113. The RFA directs agencies to provide a description of and,
where feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities that may be
affected by the proposed rules, if adopted.\4\ The RFA generally
defines the term ``small entity'' as having the same meaning as the
terms ``small business,'' ``small organization,'' and ``small
governmental jurisdiction.'' \5\ In addition, the term ``small
business'' has the same meaning as the term ``small business concern''
under the Small Business Act.\6\ A small business concern is one which:
(1) Is independently owned and operated; (2) is not dominant in its
field of operation; and (3) satisfies any additional criteria
established by the SBA.\7\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ 5 U.S.C. 603(b)(3).
\5\ 5 U.S.C. 601(6).
\6\ 5 U.S.C. 601(3) (incorporating by reference the definition
of ``small business concern'' in 15 U.S.C. 632). Pursuant to the
RFA, the statutory definition of a small business applies ``unless
an agency, after consultation with the Office of Advocacy of the
Small Business Administration and after opportunity for public
comment, establishes one or more definitions of such term which are
appropriate to the activities of the agency and publishes such
definition(s) in the Federal Register.'' 5 U.S.C. 601(3).
\7\ Small Business Act, 15 U.S.C. 632 (1996).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
114. Small Businesses, Small Organizations, and Small Governmental
Jurisdictions. Our action may, over time, affect small entities that
are not easily categorized at present. We therefore describe here, at
the outset, three comprehensive, statutory small entity size
standards.\8\ First, nationwide, there are a total of 28.2 million
small businesses, according to the SBA.\9\ In addition, a ``small
organization'' is generally ``any not-for-profit enterprise which is
independently owned and operated and is not dominant in its field.''
\10\ Nationwide, as of 2012, there were approximately 2,300,000 small
organizations.\11\ Finally, the term ``small governmental
jurisdiction'' is defined generally as ``governments of cities, towns,
townships, villages, school districts, or special districts, with a
population of less than fifty thousand.'' \12\ Census Bureau data for
2012 indicate that there were 90,056 local governments in the United
States.\13\ Thus, we estimate that most governmental jurisdictions are
small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\8\ See 5 U.S.C. 601(3)-(6).
\9\ See SBA, Office of Advocacy, ``Frequently Asked Questions,''
https://www.sba.gov/sites/default/files/FAQ_March_2014_0.pdf (last
visited May 2, 2014; figures are from 2011).
\10\ 5 U.S.C. 601(4).
\11\ National Center for Charitable Statistics, The Nonprofit
Almanac (2012).
\12\ 5 U.S.C. 601(5).
\13\ U.S. Census Bureau, Government Organization Summary Report:
2012 (rel. Sep. 26, 2013), https://www2.census.gov/govs/cog/g12_org.pdf (last visited May 2, 2014).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
115. Low Power Auxiliary Station (LPAS) Licensees. Existing LPAS
operations are intended for uses such as wireless microphones, cue and
control communications, and synchronization of TV camera signals. These
low power auxiliary stations transmit over distances of approximately
100 meters.\14\ The appropriate LPAS size standard under SBA rules is
for the category Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). The size standard for that category is that a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.\15\ For this category, census
data for 2007 show that there were 1,383 firms that operated for the
entire year.\16\ Of this total, 1,368 firms had employment of 999 or
fewer employees and 15 had employment of 1000 employees or more.\17\
Thus, using this data, we estimate that the majority of wireless firms
can be considered small. There are a total of more than 1,200 Low Power
Auxiliary Station (LPAS) licenses in all bands and a total of over 600
LPAS licenses in the UHF spectrum.\18\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\14\ 47 CFR 74.801.
\15\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 517210).
\16\ U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5, Information:
Subject Series--Establishment and Firm Size: Employment Size of
Firms for the United States: 2007 (NAICS code 517210), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ5.
\17\ Id. Available census data do not provide a more precise
estimate of the number of firms that have employment of 1,500 or
fewer employees; the largest category provided is for firms with
1000 employees or more.
\18\ FCC, Universal Licensing System (ULS), available at https://wireless.fcc.gov/uls/index.htm?job=home (last visited May 13, 2014).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
116. Low Power Auxiliary Device Manufacturers: Radio and Television
Broadcasting and Wireless Communications Equipment Manufacturing. The
Census Bureau defines this category as follows: ``This industry
comprises establishments primarily engaged in manufacturing radio and
television broadcast and wireless communications equipment. Examples of
products made by these establishments are: Transmitting and receiving
antennas, cable television equipment, GPS equipment, pagers, cellular
phones, mobile communications equipment, and radio and television
studio and broadcasting equipment.'' \19\ The SBA has developed a small
business size standard for Radio and Television Broadcasting and
Wireless Communications Equipment Manufacturing, which is: All such
firms having 750 or fewer employees.\20\ According to Census Bureau
data for 2007, there were a total of 939 establishments in this
category that
[[Page 71720]]
operated for the entire year.\21\ Of this total, 912 establishments had
employment of less than 500, and an additional 10 establishments had
employment of 500 to 999.\22\ Thus, under this size standard, the
majority of firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\19\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 334220 Radio
and Television Broadcasting and Wireless Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334220&search=2012 (last visited May 6, 2014).
\20\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 334220.
\21\ U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3, Manufacturing:
Summary Series: General Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors
and Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334220), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3. The number of
``establishments'' is a less helpful indicator of small business
prevalence in this context than would be the number of ``firms'' or
``companies,'' because the latter take into account the concept of
common ownership or control. Any single physical location for an
entity is an establishment, even though that location may be owned
by a different establishment. Thus, the numbers given may reflect
inflated numbers of businesses in this category, including the
numbers of small businesses.
\22\ Id. An additional 17 establishments had employment of 1,000
or more.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
117. Low Power Auxiliary Device Manufacturers: Other Communications
Equipment Manufacturing. The Census Bureau defines this category as
follows: ``This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in
manufacturing communications equipment (except telephone apparatus, and
radio and television broadcast, and wireless communications
equipment).'' \23\ The SBA has developed a small business size standard
for Other Communications Equipment Manufacturing, which is: All such
firms having 750 or fewer employees.\24\ According to Census Bureau
data for 2007, there were a total of 452 establishments in this
category that operated for the entire year.\25\ Of this total, 448
establishments had employment below 500, and an additional 4
establishments had employment of 500 to 999.\26\ Thus, under this size
standard, the majority of firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\23\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 334290 Other
Communications Equipment Manufacturing, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334290&search=2012 (last visited May 6,
2014).
\24\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 334290.
\25\ U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3, Manufacturing:
Summary Series: General Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors
and Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334290), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3&prodType=table (last visited
May 6, 2014). The number of ``establishments'' is a less helpful
indicator of small business prevalence in this context than would be
the number of ``firms'' or ``companies,'' because the latter take
into account the concept of common ownership or control. Any single
physical location for an entity is an establishment, even though
that location may be owned by a different establishment. Thus, the
numbers given may reflect inflated numbers of businesses in this
category, including the numbers of small businesses.
\26\ Id. There were no establishments that had employment of
1,000 or more.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
118. Television Broadcasting. This Economic Census category
``comprises establishments primarily engaged in broadcasting images
together with sound. These establishments operate television
broadcasting studios and facilities for the programming and
transmission of programs to the public.'' \27\ The SBA has created the
following small business size standard for Television Broadcasting
firms: Those having $38.5 million or less in annual receipts.\28\ The
Commission has estimated the number of licensed commercial television
stations to be 1,388.\29\ In addition, according to Commission staff
review of the BIA Advisory Services, LLC's Media Access Pro Television
Database on March 28, 2012, about 950 of an estimated 1,300 commercial
television stations (or approximately 73 percent) had revenues of $14
million or less.\30\ We therefore estimate that the majority of
commercial television broadcasters are small entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\27\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 515120
Television Broadcasting, (partial definition), https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=515120&search=2012
(last visited May 6, 2014).
\28\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 515120) (updated for inflation
in 2010).
\29\ See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station Totals as of
December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8, 2014), https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
\30\ We recognize that BIA's estimate differs slightly from the
FCC total given.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
119. We note, however, that in assessing whether a business concern
qualifies as small under the above definition, business (control)
affiliations must be included.\31\ Our estimate, therefore, likely
overstates the number of small entities that might be affected by our
action because the revenue figure on which it is based does not include
or aggregate revenues from affiliated companies. In addition, an
element of the definition of ``small business'' is that the entity not
be dominant in its field of operation. We are unable at this time to
define or quantify the criteria that would establish whether a specific
television station is dominant in its field of operation. Accordingly,
the estimate of small businesses to which rules may apply does not
exclude any television station from the definition of a small business
on this basis and is therefore possibly over-inclusive to that extent.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\31\ ``[Business concerns] are affiliates of each other when one
concern controls or has the power to control the other or a third
party or parties controls or has to power to control both.'' 13 CFR
21.103(a)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
120. In addition, the Commission has estimated the number of
licensed noncommercial educational (NCE) television stations to be
396.\32\ These stations are non-profit, and therefore considered to be
small entities.\33\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\32\ See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station Totals as of
December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8, 2014), https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
\33\ See generally 5 U.S.C. 601(4), (6).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
121. There are also 2,414 low power television stations, including
Class A stations and 4,046 television translator stations.\34\ Given
the nature of these services, we will presume that all of these
entities qualify as small entities under the above SBA small business
size standard.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\34\ See FCC News Release, Broadcast Station Totals as of
December 31, 2013 (rel. January 8, 2014), https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2014/db0108/DOC-325039A1.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
122. Cable Television Distribution Services. Since 2007, these
services have been defined within the broad economic census category of
Wired Telecommunications Carriers; that category is defined as follows:
``This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in operating
and/or providing access to transmission facilities and infrastructure
that they own and/or lease for the transmission of voice, data, text,
sound, and video using wired telecommunications networks. Transmission
facilities may be based on a single technology or a combination of
technologies.'' \35\ The SBA has developed a small business size
standard for this category, which is: All such firms having 1,500 or
fewer employees.\36\ Census data for 2007 shows that there were 3,188
firms that operated for the duration of that year.\37\ Of those, 3,144
had fewer than 1,000 employees, and 44 firms had more than 1,000
employees. Thus under this category and the associated small business
size standard, the majority of such firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\35\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 517110 Wired
Telecommunications Carriers, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=517110&search=2012 (last visited May 5, 2014).
\36\ U.S. Small Business Administration, Table of Small Business
Size Standards Matched to North American Industry Classification
System Codes, at 28 (2014), https://www.sba.gov/sites/default/files/files/size_table_01222014.pdf.
\37\ See U.S. Census Bureau, American FactFinder, 2007 Economic
Census of the United States, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5, Establishment
and Firm Size: Employment Size of Firms for the United States: 2007,
NAICS code 517110, https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ5
(last visited May 7, 2014).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
123. Cable Companies and Systems. The Commission has also developed
its own small business size standards, for the purpose of cable rate
regulation. Under the Commission's rules, a ``small
[[Page 71721]]
cable company'' is one serving 400,000 or fewer subscribers,
nationwide.\38\ Industry data indicate that of approximately 1,100
cable operators nationwide, all but ten are small under this size
standard.\39\ In addition, under the Commission's rules, a ``small
system'' is a cable system serving 15,000 or fewer subscribers.\40\
Current Commission records show 4,945 cable systems nationwide.\41\ Of
this total, 4,380 cable systems have fewer than 20,000 subscribers, and
565 systems have 20,000 or more subscribers, based on the same records.
Thus, under this standard, we estimate that most cable systems are
small entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\38\ 47 CFR 76.901(e). The Commission determined that this size
standard equates approximately to a size standard of $100 million or
less in annual revenues. Implementation of Sections of the 1992
Cable Act: Rate Regulation, Sixth Report and Order and Eleventh
Order on Reconsideration, 10 FCC Rcd 7393, 7408 (1995).
\39\ Industry Data, National Cable & Telecommunications
Association, https://www.ncta.com/industry-data (last visited May 6,
2014); R.R. Bowker, Broadcasting & Cable Yearbook 2010, ``Top 25
Cable/Satellite Operators,'' p. C-2 (data current as of December,
2008).
\40\ 47 CFR 76.901(c).
\41\ The number of active, registered cable systems comes from
the Commission's Cable Operations and Licensing System (COALS)
database on Aug. 28, 2013. A cable system is a physical system
integrated to a principal headend.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
124. Cable System Operators. The Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, also contains a size standard for small cable system
operators, which is ``a cable operator that, directly or through an
affiliate, serves in the aggregate fewer than 1 percent of all
subscribers in the United States and is not affiliated with any entity
or entities whose gross annual revenues in the aggregate exceed
$250,000,000.'' \42\ The Commission has determined that an operator
serving fewer than 677,000 subscribers shall be deemed a small
operator, if its annual revenues, when combined with the total annual
revenues of all its affiliates, do not exceed $250 million in the
aggregate.\43\ Industry data indicate that of approximately 1,100 cable
operators nationwide, all but ten are small under this size
standard.\44\ We note that the Commission neither requests nor collects
information on whether cable system operators are affiliated with
entities whose gross annual revenues exceed $250 million,\45\ and
therefore we are unable to estimate more accurately the number of cable
system operators that would qualify as small under this size standard.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\42\ 47 U.S.C. 543(m)(2); see 47 CFR 76.901(f) & nn. 1-3.
\43\ 47 CFR 76.901(f); see Public Notice, FCC Announces New
Subscriber Count for the Definition of Small Cable Operator, DA 01-
158 (Cable Services Bureau, Jan. 24, 2001).
\44\ R.R. Bowker, Broadcasting & Cable Yearbook 2006, ``Top 25
Cable/Satellite Operators,'' pages A-8 & C-2 (data current as of
June 30, 2005); Warren Communications News, Television & Cable
Factbook 2006, ``Ownership of Cable Systems in the United States,''
pp. D-1805 to D-1857.
\45\ The Commission does receive such information on a case-by-
case basis if a cable operator appeals a local franchise authority's
finding that the operator does not qualify as a small cable operator
pursuant to 76.901(f) of the Commission's rules. See 47 CFR
76.909(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
125. Direct Broadcast Satellite (``DBS'') Service. DBS service is a
nationally distributed subscription service that delivers video and
audio programming via satellite to a small parabolic ``dish'' antenna
at the subscriber's location. DBS, by exception, is now included in the
SBA's broad economic census category, Wired Telecommunications
Carriers,\46\ which was developed for small wireline firms. Under this
category, the SBA deems a wireline business to be small if it has 1,500
or fewer employees.\47\ To gauge small business prevalence for the DBS
service, the Commission relies on data currently available from the
U.S. Census for the year 2007. According to that source, there were
3,188 firms that in 2007 were Wired Telecommunications Carriers. Of
these, 3,144 operated with less than 1,000 employees, and 44 operated
with more than 1,000 employees. However, as to the latter 44 there is
no data available that shows how many operated with more than 1,500
employees. Based on this data, the majority of these firms can be
considered small.\48\ Currently, only two entities provide DBS service,
which requires a great investment of capital for operation: DIRECTV and
EchoStar Communications Corporation (``EchoStar'') (marketed as the
DISH Network).\49\ Each currently offers subscription services. DIRECTV
\50\ and EchoStar \51\ each report annual revenues that are in excess
of the threshold for a small business. Because DBS service requires
significant capital, we believe it is unlikely that a small entity as
defined by the SBA would have the financial wherewithal to become a DBS
service provider.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\46\ See 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 517110).
\47\ Id.
\48\ See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5, Information:
Subject Series--Establishment and Firm Size: Employment Size of
Firms for the United States: 2007 (NAICS code 517110), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ5.
\49\ See Annual Assessment of the Status of Competition in the
Market for the Delivery of Video Programming, Fifteenth Annual
Report, MB Docket No. 12-203, 28 FCC Rcd 10496, 10507, para. 27
(2013) (``15th Annual Report'').
\50\ As of June 2012, DIRECTV is the largest DBS operator and
the second largest MVPD, serving an estimated 19.8% of MVPD
subscribers nationwide. See 15th Annual Report, 28 FCC Rcd at 687,
Table B-3.
\51\ As of June 2012, DISH Network is the second largest DBS
operator and the third largest MVPD, serving an estimated 13.01% of
MVPD subscribers nationwide. Id. As of June 2006, Dominion served
fewer than 500,000 subscribers, which may now be receiving ``Sky
Angel'' service from DISH Network. See id. at 581, para. 76.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
126. Cable and Other Subscription Programming. This industry
comprises establishments primarily engaged in operating studios and
facilities for the broadcasting of programs on a subscription or fee
basis. The broadcast programming is typically narrowcast in nature
(e.g., limited format, such as news, sports, education, or youth-
oriented). These establishments produce programming in their own
facilities or acquire programming. The programming material is usually
delivered to a third party, such as cable systems or direct-to-home
satellite systems, for transmission to viewers.\52\ The SBA size
standard for this industry establishes as small any company in this
category which receives annual receipts of $38.5 million or less.\53\
Based on U.S. Census data for 2007, a total of 659 establishments
operated for the entire year.\54\ Of that 659, 197 operated with annual
receipts of $10 million or more. The remaining 462 establishments
operated with annual receipts of less than $10 million. Based on this
data, the Commission estimates that the majority of establishments
operating in this industry are small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\52\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 515210 Cable
and Other Subscription Programming, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=515210&search=2012 (last visited Mar. 6,
2014).
\53\ See 13 CF R section 121.201 (NAICS code 515210).
\54\ See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ1, Information:
Subject Series--Establishment and Firm Size: Receipts Size of
Establishments for the United States: 2007 (NAICS code 515210),
https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ1.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
127. Radio and Television Broadcasting and Wireless Communications
Equipment Manufacturing. The Census Bureau defines this category as
follows: ``This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in
manufacturing radio and television broadcast and wireless
communications equipment. Examples of products made by these
establishments are: Transmitting and receiving antennas, cable
television equipment, GPS equipment, pagers, cellular phones, mobile
communications equipment, and radio and television studio and
broadcasting
[[Page 71722]]
equipment.'' \55\ The SBA has developed a small business size standard
for Radio and Television Broadcasting and Wireless Communications
Equipment Manufacturing, which is: All such firms having 750 or fewer
employees.\56\ According to Census Bureau data for 2007, there were a
total of 939 establishments in this category that operated for part or
all of the entire year. Of this total, 912 had less than 500 employees
and 17 had more than 1000 employees.\57\ Thus, under that size
standard, the majority of firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\55\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 334220 Radio
and Television Broadcasting and Wireless Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334220&search=2012 (last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
\56\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 334220).
\57\ See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3, Manufacturing:
Summary Series: General Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors
and Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334220), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
128. Audio and Video Equipment Manufacturing. The SBA has
classified the manufacturing of audio and video equipment under in
NAICS Codes classification scheme as an industry in which a
manufacturer is small if it has fewer than 750 employees.\58\ Data
contained in the 2007 U.S. Census indicate that 492 establishments
operated in that industry for all or part of that year. In that year,
488 establishments had fewer than 500 employees; and only 1 had more
than 1000 employees.\59\ Thus, under the applicable size standard, a
majority of manufacturers of audio and video equipment may be
considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\58\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 334310).
\59\ See U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3, Manufacturing:
Summary Series: General Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors
and Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334310), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
129. Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except satellite). The
Census Bureau defines this category as follows: ``This industry
comprises establishments engaged in operating and maintaining switching
and transmission facilities to provide communications via the airwaves.
Establishments in this industry have spectrum licenses and provide
services using that spectrum, such as cellular phone services, paging
services, wireless Internet access, and wireless video services.'' \60\
The appropriate size standard under SBA rules is for the category
Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite). The size
standard for that category is that a business is small if it has 1,500
or fewer employees.\61\ For this category, census data for 2007 show
that there were 1,383 firms that operated for the entire year.\62\ Of
this total, 1,368 firms had employment of 999 or fewer employees and 15
had employment of 1000 employees or more.\63\ Similarly, according to
Commission data, 413 carriers reported that they were engaged in the
provision of wireless telephony, including cellular service, PCS, and
Specialized Mobile Radio (``SMR'') Telephony services.\64\ Of these, an
estimated 261 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 152 have more than
1,500 employees.\65\ Consequently, the Commission estimates that
approximately half or more of these firms can be considered small.
Thus, using available data, we estimate that the majority of wireless
firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\60\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 517210 Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite), https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=517210&search=2012
(last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
\61\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 517210).
\62\ U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5, Information:
Subject Series--Establishment and Firm Size: Employment Size of
Firms for the United States: 2007 (NAICS code 517210), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ5.
\63\ Id. Available census data do not provide a more precise
estimate of the number of firms that have employment of 1,500 or
fewer employees; the largest category provided is for firms with
1000 employees or more.
\64\ See Trends in Telephone Service at Table 5.3.
\65\ See id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
130. Manufacturers of unlicensed devices. In the context of this
FRFA, manufacturers of part 15 unlicensed devices that are operated in
the UHF-TV band (channels 14-51) for wireless data transfer fall into
the category of Radio and Television and Wireless Communications
Equipment Manufacturing. The Census Bureau defines this category as
follows: ``This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in
manufacturing radio and television broadcast and wireless
communications equipment. Examples of products made by these
establishments are: Transmitting and receiving antennas, cable
television equipment, GPS equipment, pagers, cellular phones, mobile
communications equipment, and radio and television studio and
broadcasting equipment.'' \66\ The SBA has developed the small business
size standard for this category as firms having 750 or fewer
employees.\67\ According to Census Bureau data for 2007, there were a
total of 939 establishments in this category that operated for the
entire year.\68\ Of this total, 912 had less than 500 employees and 17
had more than 1000 employees. Thus, under that size standard, the
majority of firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\66\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 334220 Radio
and Television Broadcasting and Wireless Communications Equipment
Manufacturing, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=334220&search=2012 (last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
\67\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS code 334220).
\68\ U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0731SG3, Manufacturing:
Summary Series: General Summary: Industry Statistics for Subsectors
and Industries by Employment Size: 2007 (NAICS code 334220), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_31SG3.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
131. Personal Radio Services/Wireless Medical Telemetry Service
(``WMTS''). Personal radio services provide short-range, low power
radio for personal communications, radio signaling, and business
communications not provided for in other services. The Personal Radio
Services include spectrum licensed under part 95 of our rules.\69\
These services include Citizen Band Radio Service (``CB''), General
Mobile Radio Service (``GMRS''), Radio Control Radio Service (``R/C''),
Family Radio Service (``FRS''), Wireless Medical Telemetry Service
(``WMTS''), Medical Implant Communications Service (``MICS''), Low
Power Radio Service (``LPRS''), and Multi-Use Radio Service
(``MURS'').\70\ There are a variety of methods used to license the
spectrum in these rule parts, from licensing by rule, to conditioning
operation on successful completion of a required test, to site-based
licensing, to geographic area licensing. Under the RFA, the Commission
is required to make a determination of which small entities are
directly affected by the rules adopted. Since all such entities are
wireless, we apply the definition of Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers (except Satellite), pursuant to which a small entity is
defined as employing 1,500 or fewer persons.\71\ For this category,
census data for 2007 show that there were 1,383 firms that operated for
the entire year.\72\ Of this total, 1,368 firms had employment of 999
or fewer
[[Page 71723]]
employees and 15 had employment of 1000 employees or more.\73\ Thus
under this category and the associated small business size standard,
the Commission estimates that the majority of personal radio service
and WMTS providers are small entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\69\ 47 CFR part 95.
\70\ The Citizens Band Radio Service, General Mobile Radio
Service, Radio Control Radio Service, Family Radio Service, Wireless
Medical Telemetry Service, Medical Implant Communications Service,
Low Power Radio Service, and Multi-Use Radio Service are governed by
subpart D, subpart A, subpart C, subpart B, subpart H, subpart I,
subpart G, and subpart J, respectively, of part 95 of the
Commission's rules. See generally 47 CFR part 95.
\71\ 13 CFR 121.201 (NAICS Code 517210).
\72\ U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5, Information:
Subject Series--Establishment and Firm Size: Employment Size of
Firms for the United States: 2007 (NAICS code 517210), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ5.
\73\ Id. Available census data do not provide a more precise
estimate of the number of firms that have employment of 1,500 or
fewer employees; the largest category provided is for firms with
1000 employees or more.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
132. However, we note that many of the licensees in these services
are individuals, and thus are not small entities. In addition, due to
the mostly unlicensed and shared nature of the spectrum utilized in
many of these services, the Commission lacks direct information upon
which to base a more specific estimation of the number of small
entities under an SBA definition that might be directly affected by our
action.
133. Motion Picture and Video Production. The Census Bureau defines
this category as follows: ``This industry comprises establishments
primarily engaged in producing, or producing and distributing motion
pictures, videos, television programs, or television commercials.''
\74\ The SBA has developed a small business size standard for this
category, which is: All such businesses having $30 million dollars or
less in annual receipts.\75\ Census data for 2007 show that there were
9,478 establishments that operated that year.\76\ Of that number, 9,128
had annual receipts of $24,999,999 or less, and 350 had annual receipts
ranging from not less than $25,000,000 to $100,000,000 or more.\77\
Thus, under this size standard, the majority of such businesses can be
considered small entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\74\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 512110 Motion
Picture and Video Production, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=512110&search=2012 (last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
\75\ 13 CFR 121.201, 2012 NAICS code 512110.
\76\ U.S. Census Bureau, Table No. EC0751SSSZ5, Information:
Subject Series--Establishment and Firm Size: Employment Size of
Firms for the United States: 2007 (NAICS code 512110), https://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_51SSSZ5.
\77\ See id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
134. Radio Broadcasting. The SBA defines a radio broadcast station
as a small business if such station has no more than $38.5 million in
annual receipts.\78\ Business concerns included in this industry are
those ``primarily engaged in broadcasting aural programs by radio to
the public.'' \79\ According to review of the BIA Publications, Inc.
Master Access Radio Analyzer Database as of November 26, 2013, about
11,331 (or about 99.9 percent) of 11,341 commercial radio stations have
revenues of $35.5 million or less and thus qualify as small entities
under the SBA definition. The Commission notes, however, that, in
assessing whether a business concern qualifies as small under the above
definition, business (control) affiliations \80\ must be included. This
estimate, therefore, likely overstates the number of small entities
that might be affected, because the revenue figure on which it is based
does not include or aggregate revenues from affiliated companies.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\78\ 13 CFR 121.201, 2012 NAICS code 515112.
\79\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions: 515112 Radio
Broadcasting, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=515112&search=2012 (last visited Mar. 6, 2014).
\80\ See n.14.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
135. In addition, an element of the definition of ``small
business'' is that the entity not be dominant in its field of
operation. The Commission is unable at this time to define or quantify
the criteria that would establish whether a specific radio station is
dominant in its field of operation. Accordingly, the estimate of small
businesses to which rules may apply does not exclude any radio station
from the definition of a small business on this basis and therefore may
be over-inclusive to that extent. Also, as noted, an additional element
of the definition of ``small business'' is that the entity must be
independently owned and operated. The Commission notes that it is
difficult at times to assess these criteria in the context of media
entities and the estimates of small businesses to which they apply may
be over-inclusive to this extent.
136. Radio, Television, and Other Electronics Stores. The Census
Bureau defines this economic census category as follows: ``This U.S.
industry comprises: (1) establishments known as consumer electronics
stores primarily engaged in retailing a general line of new consumer-
type electronic products such as televisions, computers, and cameras;
(2) establishments specializing in retailing a single line of consumer-
type electronic products; (3) establishments primarily engaged in
retailing these new electronic products in combination with repair and
support services; (4) establishments primarily engaged in retailing new
prepackaged computer software; and/or (5) establishments primarily
engaged in retailing prerecorded audio and video media, such as CDs,
DVDs, and tapes.'' \81\ The SBA has developed a small business size
standard for Electronic Stores, which is: All such firms having $32.5
million or less in annual receipts.\82\ According to Census Bureau data
for 2007, there were 11,358 firms in this category that operated for
the entire year.\83\ Of this total, 11,323 firms had annual receipts of
under $25 million, and 35 firms had receipts of $25 million or more but
less than $50 million.\84\ Thus, the majority of firms in this category
can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\81\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 NAICS Definitions, 443142
Electronics, https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=443142&search=2012 NAICS Search (last visited May 6,
2014).
\82\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 443142.
\83\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census, Subject Series:
Retail Trade, Estab & Firm Size: Summary Statistics by Sales Size of
Firms for the United States: 2007, NAICS code 443142 (released
2010), https://www2.census.gov/econ2007/EC/sector44/EC0744SSSZ4.zip
(last visited May 7, 2014). Though the current small business size
standard for electronic store receipts is $30 million or less in
annual receipts, in 2007 the small business size standard was $9
million or less in annual receipts. In 2007, there were 11,214 firms
in this category that operated for the entire year. Of this total,
10,963 firms had annual receipts of under $5 million, and 251 firms
had receipts of $5 million or more but less than $10 million. Id.
\84\ Id. An additional 33 firms had annual receipts of $50
million or more.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
G. Description of Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other
Compliance Requirements for Small Entities
137. In this proceeding, we invited comment on potential revisions
to the existing rules for part 74 wireless microphone (and other LPAS)
operations in the spectrum that will remain allocated for TV services
following the repacking process. Specifically, we invited comment on
revisions to the technical rules for LPAS operations on the VHF band;
on permitting licensed LPAS operations on channels in locations closer
to the television stations (including within the DTV contour), without
the need for coordination, provided that the television signal falls
below specified technical thresholds; on adoption of the ETSI emission
mask standard for analog and digital wireless microphones; and general
comment on other potential revisions concerning licensed LPAS
operations in the TV bands.
138. We understand the importance of the 944-952 MHz band for
broadcasters as well as other licensed, professional wireless
microphone users. Consistent with this record and in accord with
adoption of the ETSI standard for LPAS devices in the TV bands. we also
adopt the ETSI standards EN 300 422-1, section 8.3.1.2 for analog
emissions and section 8.3.2.2 for digital emissions uniformly for
future wireless microphones that will use this band--applying these
revised standards to new
[[Page 71724]]
equipment certified under part 74 in the 944-952 MHz band 9 months
after issuance of the Channel Reassignment PN, consistent with the
requirements for new equipment certified for LPAS devices that operate
in the TV bands. Further, we expand eligibility for operations in the
944-952 MHz band to include all entities currently eligible to hold
LPAS licenses for operation in the TV bands, which should help address
the need for additional spectrum outside of the TV bands for this
entire group of licensed users.
139. Licensed LPAS users operating in the 944-952 MHz band (as in
the TV bands) are subject to the frequency selection requirements
contained in section 74.803 of our rules.\85\ SBE runs a local
frequency coordination program for this band and asserts its
coordination would have to be mandatory in order to avoid interference
among different licensees.\86\ Accordingly, we will also require
wireless microphone users seeking access to this band to coordinate
their proposed use through the local SBE coordinator.\87\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\85\ See 47 CFR 74.803.
\86\ SBE Comments at 13.
\87\ These processes are described on SBE's Web site. See The
Society of Broadcast Engineers, Frequency Coordination, https://www.sbe.org/sections/freq_local.php.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
140. Consumer Outreach. We find that several means should be
employed to provide as much notice as possible to users of the need to
clear the 600 MHz Band of wireless microphones. We direct CGB, working
with WTB and OET, to establish a Web page on the Commission's Web site,
and prepare and release consumer publications, including a Consumer
Fact Sheet and answers to Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs), that
inform the public of our decisions affecting wireless microphone
operations in the repurposed 600 MHz Band and the guard bands, as set
forth in the Incentive Auction R&O, this R&O, and the Part 15 Report
and Order.\88\ We further direct Commission staff to identify and
contact organizations that represent entities that are known to be
users of wireless microphones in the 600 MHz Band, including groups
that represent theaters, houses of worship, and sporting venues. We
will inform these entities of our decisions affecting wireless
microphone operations in the repurposed spectrum and available
resources for information on options for wireless microphone use going
forward.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\88\ See part 15 Report and Order, section [__] (discussing
requirements relating to unlicensed wireless microphones).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
141. Further, we expect all manufacturers of wireless microphones
to make significant efforts to ensure that all users of such equipment
capable of operating in the 600 MHz Band are fully informed of the
decisions affecting them, as set forth in the Incentive Auction R&O,
this Report and Order, and the Part 15 Report and Order. Specifically,
we expect these manufacturers, at a minimum, to ensure that these users
are informed of the need to clear the 600 MHz Band. Manufacturers also
should inform users of wireless microphones that they may continue to
operate in the 600 MHz Band until the end of the post-auction
transition period, but only subject to the conditions set forth in
these orders, including the early clearing mechanisms. Further, we
expect all manufacturers to contact dealers, distributors, and anyone
else who has purchased wireless microphones, and inform them of our
decisions to help clear the 600 MHz Band. Manufacturers should also
provide information on these decisions to any users that have filed
warranty registrations for 600 MHz Band equipment with the
manufacturer. We also expect manufacturers to post this information on
their Web sites and include it in all of their sales literature.
142. In addition, we urge all manufacturers to offer rebates and
trade-in programs for any 600 MHz Band wireless microphones, and widely
publicize these programs to ensure that all users of wireless
microphones are fully informed. To the extent manufacturers do not
offer a rebate or trade-in program for 600 MHz Band wireless
microphones, we strongly encourage them to create or re-establish such
programs. In contacting dealers and distributors, we expect
manufacturers to inform these entities that they should: (1) Inform all
customers who have purchased wireless microphones that are capable of
operating in the 600 MHz Band of our decision to clear the 600 MHz Band
of such devices; (2) post such information on their Web sites; (3)
include this information in all other sales literature; (4) provide
information in sales literature, including on their Web sites, on the
availability of any manufacturer rebate offerings and trade-in programs
related to wireless microphones operating in the 600 MHz Band; and (5)
comply with the disclosure requirements that we are adopting in this
Report and Order.
143. Disclosure Requirement. We require anyone selling, leasing, or
offering for sale or lease wireless microphones that operate in the 600
MHz Band to provide certain written disclosures to consumers, pursuant
to section 302. These entities must display the Consumer Disclosure,
the text of which will be developed by Commission staff, at the point
of sale or lease,\89\ in a clear, conspicuous, and readily legible
manner. In addition, the Consumer Disclosure must be displayed on the
Web site of the manufacturer (even in the event the manufacturer does
not sell wireless microphones directly to the public) and of dealers,
distributors, retailers, and anyone else selling or leasing the
devices. We delegate authority to the Consumer and Governmental Affairs
Bureau, working with the Wireless Telecommunications Bureau and the
Office of Engineering and Technology, to prepare the specific language,
following issuance of the Channel Reassignment PN, that must be used in
the Consumer Disclosure and publish it in the Federal Register. As
discussed above, there is more than one way in which the point-of-sale
Consumer Disclosure may be provided to potential purchasers or lessees
of wireless microphones, but each of them must satisfy all the
requirements noted above, including that the disclosure be provided in
writing at the point of sale in a clear, conspicuous, and readily
legible manner. One way to fulfill this disclosure requirement would be
to display the Consumer Disclosure in a prominent manner on the product
box by using a label (either printed onto the box or otherwise affixed
to the box), a sticker, or other means. Another way to fulfill the
disclosure requirement would be to display the text immediately
adjacent to each wireless microphone offered for sale or lease and
clearly associated with the model to which it pertains. For wireless
microphones offered online or via direct mail or catalog, the
disclosure must be prominently displayed in close proximity to the
images and descriptions of each wireless microphone. We will require
manufacturers, dealers, distributors, and other entities that sell or
lease wireless microphones for operation in the 600 MHz Band to comply
with the disclosure requirements no later than three months following
issuance of the Channel Reassignment PN, and we encourage these
entities to provide consumers with the required information
earlier.\90\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\89\ By ``point of sale or lease'' we mean the place or Web site
where wireless microphones are displayed or offered for consumers to
purchase or lease.
\90\ This disclosure requirement requires approval from the
Office of Management and Budget (OMB) as a new information
collection under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA). We anticipate
approval of the requirement shortly following publication of a
summary of this Report and Order in the Federal Register,
sufficiently in advance of the date by which the disclosure
requirement goes into effect.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 71725]]
E. Steps Taken To Minimize Significant Economic Impact on Small
Entities, and Significant Alternatives Considered
144. The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant
alternatives that it has considered in reaching its proposed approach,
which may include the following four alternatives (among others): (1)
The establishment of differing compliance or reporting requirements or
timetables that take into account the resources available to small
entities; (2) the clarification, consolidation, or simplification of
compliance or reporting requirements under the rule for small entities;
(3) the use of performance, rather than design, standards; and (4) an
exemption from coverage of the rule, or any part thereof, for small
entities.\91\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\91\ See 5 U.S.C. 603(c).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
145. The rule revisions that we are adopting provide additional
opportunities for licensed wireless microphone users, both in frequency
bands in which they currently operate and in additional frequency
bands. The majority of these changes are permissive, meaning that
wireless microphone manufacturers may choose to incorporate new
capabilities in future devices. We adopt rules to establish cutoff
dates for the certification, manufacturing and marketing of licensed
wireless microphones in the 600 MHz band repurposed for wireless
services following the incentive auction. We will no longer accept
applications to certify licensed wireless microphones that operate in
the 600 MHz band nine months after the release of the Channel
Reassignment PN or no later than 24 months after the effective date of
the new rules, whichever occurs first. We will require that
manufacturing and marketing of all licensed wireless microphones that
would not comply with the 600 MHz Band cease 18 months after release of
the Channel Reassignment PN or no later than 33 months after the
effective date of the new rules, whichever occurs first.
Report to Congress: The Commission will send a copy of the Report
and Order, including this FRFA, in a report to Congress pursuant to the
Congressional Review Act.\92\ In addition, the Commission will send a
copy of the Report and Order, including this FRFA, to the Chief Counsel
for Advocacy of the SBA. A copy of the Report and Order and FRFA (or
summaries thereof) will also be published in the Federal Register.\93\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\92\ See 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A).
\93\ See 5 U.S.C. 604(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
146. The Office of Federal Register (OFR) recently revised the
regulations to require that agencies must discuss in the preamble of
the rule ways that the materials the agency incorporates by reference
are reasonably available to interested persons and how interested
parties can obtain the materials. In addition, the preamble of the rule
must summarize the material. 1 CFR 51.5(b). In accordance with OFR's
requirements, the discussion in this section summarizes ETSI standard.
The following document is available from the European
Telecommunications Standards Institute, 650 Route des Lucioles, F-06921
Sophia Antipolis Cedex, France, or at https://www.etsi.org/deliver/etsi_en/3004000_300499/30042201/01.04.02_60/en_30042201v01010402p.pdf.
``ETSI EN 300 422-1 V1.4.2 (2011-08): Electromagnetic compatibility and
Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in the 25 MHz to 3
GHz frequency range; Part 1: Technical characteristics and methods of
measurement, August 2011, IBR approved for section 15.236(g).'' This
standard requires wireless microphones to meet certain emission
requirements which will protect authorized services in adjacent bands
from harmful interference, and will improve spectrum sharing by
wireless microphones.
Congressional Review Act: The Commission will send a copy of this
Report and Order to Congress and the Government Accountability Office
pursuant to the Congressional Review Act, see 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A).
IV. Ordering Clauses
147. Pursuant to sections 1, 4(i), 4(j), 7(a), 301, 302, 303(f),
303(g), and 303(r) of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47
U.S.C. 151, 154(i), 154(j), 157(a), 301, 302a, 303(f), 303(g), and
303(r), this Report and Order is adopted.
148. Parts 2, 15, 74, 87, and 90 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR
parts 2, 15, 74, 87, and 90, ARE AMENDED as set forth in the final
rules.
149. The rules adopted herein will become effective December 17,
2015, except for sections 15.37(k) and 74.851(l), which contain new or
modified information collection requirements that require approval by
the OMB under the PRA, which will become effective after the Commission
publishes a notice in the Federal Register announcing such approval and
the relevant effective date.
150. The Commission's Consumer and Governmental Affairs Bureau,
Reference Information Center, shall send a copy of this Report and
Order, including the Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, to the
Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration.
151. Pursuant to section 4(i) of the Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. 154(i), and section 1.925 of the Commission's rules,
47 CFR 1.925, that the waiver request filed on July 16, 2009 and
revised on September 23, 2009 by the Nuclear Energy Institute and the
United Telecom Council for waiver of parts 2 and 90 of the Commission's
rules IS DISMISSED AS MOOT IN PART as set forth in the Order and
otherwise denied.
152. Pursuant to section 5(c) of the Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. prepare the specific language that must be used in
the Consumer Disclosure, as set forth in this Report 47
List of Subjects
47 CFR Part 2
Communication equipment and Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
47 CFR Part 15
Communications equipment, Incorporation by reference, and Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements.
47 CFR Part 74
Communication equipment, Education, Incorporation by reference, and
Report and recordkeeping requirements.
47 CFR Part 87
Commination equipment and Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
47 CFR Part 90
Communication equipment, Incorporation by reference, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
Federal Communications Commission.
Marlene H. Dortch,
Secretary.
Final Rules
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal
Communications Commission amends 47 CFR parts 2, 15, 74, 87, and 90 as
follows:
PART 2--FREQUENCY ALLOCATIONS AND RADIO TREATY MATTERS; GENERAL
RULES AND REGULATIONS
0
1. The authority citation for part 2 continues to read as follows:
[[Page 71726]]
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, and 336, unless otherwise
noted.
0
2. Section 2.106, the Table of Frequency Allocations, is amended as
follows:
0
a. Page 33 is revised.
0
b. In the list of United States (US) Footnotes, footnote US84 is added.
Sec. 2.106 Table of Frequency Allocations.
The revision and addition read as follows:
* * * * *
BILLING CODE 6712-01-P
[[Page 71727]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17NO15.000
[[Page 71728]]
BILLING CODE 6712-01-C
United States (US) Footnotes
* * * * *
US84 In the band 1435-1525 MHz, low power auxiliary stations may be
authorized on a secondary basis, subject to the terms and conditions
set forth in 47 CFR part 74, subpart H.
* * * * *
PART 15--RADIO FREQUENCY DEVICES
0
3. The authority citation for part 15 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302, 303, 304, 307, 336, 554a and
549.
0
4. Section 15.37 is amended by adding reserved paragraphs (i) and (j)
and adding paragraph (k) to read as follows:
Sec. 15.37 Transition provisions for compliance with the rules.
* * * * *
(i) [Reserved]
(j) [Reserved]
(k) Disclosure requirements for unlicensed wireless microphones
capable of operating in the 600 MHz service band. Any person who
manufactures, sells, leases, or offers for sale or lease, unlicensed
wireless microphones that are capable of operating in the 600 MHz
service band, as defined in this part, three months following issuance
of the Channel Reassignment Public Notice, as defined in section
73.3700(a)(2) of this chapter, is subject to the following disclosure
requirements:
(1) Such persons must display the consumer disclosure text, as
specified by the Consumer and Governmental Affairs Bureau, at the point
of sale or lease of each such unlicensed wireless microphone. The text
must be displayed in a clear, conspicuous, and readily legible manner.
One way to fulfill the requirement in this section is to display the
consumer disclosure text in a prominent manner on the product box by
using a label (either printed onto the box or otherwise affixed to the
box), a sticker, or other means. Another way to fulfill this
requirement is to display the text immediately adjacent to each
unlicensed wireless microphone offered for sale or lease and clearly
associated with the model to which it pertains.
(2) If such persons offer such unlicensed wireless microphones via
direct mail, catalog, or electronic means, they shall prominently
display the consumer disclosure text in close proximity to the images
and descriptions of each such unlicensed wireless microphone. The text
should be in a size large enough to be clear, conspicuous, and readily
legible, consistent with the dimensions of the advertisement or
description.
(3) If such persons have Web sites pertaining to these unlicensed
wireless microphones, the consumer disclosure text must be displayed
there in a clear, conspicuous, and readily legible manner (even in the
event such persons do not sell unlicensed wireless microphones directly
to the public).
(4) The consumer disclosure text described in paragraph (k)(1) of
this section is set forth as an appendix to this section.
* * * * *
Sec. 15.216 [Removed and Reserved]
0
5. Section 15.216 is removed and reserved.
PART 74--EXPERIMENTAL RADIO, AUXILIARY, SPECIAL BROADCAST AND OTHER
PROGRAM DISTRIBUTION SERVICES
0
6. The authority citation for part 74 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 307, 309, 336, and 554.
0
7. Section 74.801 is amended by adding in alphabetical order
definitions for ``600 MHz duplex gap,'' . ``600 MHz guard bands,''
``600 MHz service band,'' and ``Spectrum Act'' to read as follows:
Sec. 74.801 Definitions
600 MHz duplex gap. An 11 megahertz guard band that separates part
27 600 MHz service uplink and downlink frequencies, in accordance with
the terms and conditions established in GN Docket No. 12-268, pursuant
to section 6403 of the Spectrum Act.
600 MHz guard bands. Designated frequency bands that prevent
interference between licensed services in the 600 MHz service band and
either the television bands or channel 37, in accordance with the terms
and conditions established in GN Docket No. 12-268, pursuant to section
6403 of the Spectrum Act.
600 MHz service band. Frequencies that will be reallocated and
reassigned for 600 MHz band services as determined by the outcome of
the auction conducted pursuant to part 27, in accordance with the terms
and conditions established in GN Docket No. 12-268, pursuant to section
6403 of the Spectrum Act
Note to definitions of 600 MHz duplex gap, 600 MHz guard bands,
and 600 MHz service band:
The specific frequencies will be determined in light of further
proceedings pursuant to GN Docket No. 12-268 and the rules will be
updated accordingly pursuant to a future public notice.
* * * * *
Spectrum Act. Title VI of the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job
Creation Act of 2012 (Pub. L. 112-96).
* * * * *
0
8. Section 74.802 is amended by revising paragraphs (a) and (b)(2) to
read as follows:
Sec. 74.802 Frequency assignment.
(a)(1) Frequencies within the following bands may be assigned for
use by low power auxiliary stations:
26.100-26.480 MHz
54.000-72.000 MHz
76.000-88.000 MHz
161.625-161.775 MHz (except in Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands)
174.000-216.000 MHz
450.000-451.000 MHz
455.000-456.000 MHz
470.000-488.000 MHz
488.000-494.000 MHz (except Hawaii)
494.000-608.000 MHz
614.000-698.000 MHz
941.500-952.000 MHz
952.850-956.250 MHz
956.45-959.85 MHz
1435-1525 MHz
6875.000-6900.000 MHz
7100.000-7125.000 MHz
(2) [Reserved]
(b) * * *
(2) Low power auxiliary stations may operate closer to co-channel
TV broadcast stations than the distances specified in paragraph (b)(1)
of this section provided that such operations either--
(i) Are coordinated with TV broadcast stations that could be
affected by the low power auxiliary station operation, and coordination
is completed prior to operation of the low power auxiliary station; or
(ii) Are limited to an indoor location that is not being used for
over-the-air television viewing, and the following conditions are met
with respect to the TV channel used: The TV signal falls below a
threshold of -84 dBm over the entire channel; the signal is scanned
across the full 6 megahertz channel where the wireless microphones
would be operated; and to the extent that directional antennas are
used, they are rotated to the place of maximum signal.
* * * * *
0
9. Section 74.803 is amended by adding paragraphs (c) and (d) to read
as follows:
Sec. 74.803 Frequency selection to avoid interference.
* * * * *
(c) In the 941.500-952.000 MHz, 952.850-956.250 MHz, 956.45-959.85
[[Page 71729]]
MHz, 6875.000-6900.000 MHz, and 7100.000-7125.000 MHz bands low power
auxiliary station usage is secondary to other uses (e.g. Aural
Broadcast Auxiliary, Television Broadcast Auxiliary, Cable Relay
Service, Fixed Point to Point Microwave) and must not cause harmful
interference. Applicants are responsible for selecting the frequency
assignments that are least likely to result in mutual interference with
other licensees in the same area. Applicants must consult local
frequency coordination committees, where they exist, for information on
frequencies available in the area. In selecting frequencies,
consideration should be given to the relative location of receive
points, normal transmission paths, and the nature of the contemplated
operation.
(d) In the 1435-1525 MHz band, low power auxiliary stations (LPAS)
are limited to operations at specific fixed locations that have been
coordinated with the frequency coordinator for aeronautical mobile
telemetry, the Aerospace and Flight Test Radio Coordinating Committee.
LPAS devices must complete authentication and location verification
before operation begins, employ software-based controls or similar
functionality to prevent devices in the band from operating except in
the specific channels, locations, and time periods that have been
coordinated, and be capable of being tuned to any frequency in the
band. Use is limited to situations where there is a need to deploy
large numbers of LPAS for specified time periods, and use of other
available spectrum resources is insufficient to meet the LPAS
licensee's needs at the specific location. All LPAS devices operating
in a particular area in the band may have access to no more than 30
megahertz of spectrum in the band at a given time.
0
10. Section 74.831 is revised to read as follows:
Sec. 74.831 Scope of service and permissible transmissions.
The license for a low power auxiliary station authorizes the
transmission of cues and orders to production personnel and
participants in broadcast programs, motion pictures, and major events
or productions and in the preparation therefor, the transmission of
program material by means of a wireless microphone worn by a performer
and other participants in a program, motion picture, or major event or
production during rehearsal and during the actual broadcast, filming,
recording, or event or production, or the transmission of comments,
interviews, and reports from the scene of a remote broadcast. Low power
auxiliary stations operating in the 941.5-952 MHz, 952.850-956.250 MHz,
956.45-959.85 MHz, 6875-6900 MHz, and 7100-7125 MHz bands may, in
addition, transmit synchronizing signals and various control signals to
portable or hand-carried TV cameras which employ low power radio
signals in lieu of cable to deliver picture signals to the control
point at the scene of a remote broadcast.
0
11. Section 74.832 is amended by revising paragraphs (a)(6) and (d) to
read as follows:
Sec. 74.832 Licensing requirements and procedures.
(a) * * *
(6) Licensees and conditional licensees of stations in the
Broadband Radio Service as defined in section 27.1200 of this chapter,
or entities that hold an executed lease agreement with a Broadband
Radio Service or Educational Broadband Service licensee.
* * * * *
(d) Cable television operations, motion picture and television
program producers, large venue owners or operators, and professional
sound companies may be authorized to operate low power auxiliary
stations in the bands allocated for TV broadcasting, the 941.500-
952.000 MHz band, the 952.850-956.250 MHz band, the 956.45-959.85 MHz
band, the 1435-1525 MHz band, the 6875-6900 MHz band, and the 7100-7125
MHz band. In the 6875-6900 MHz and 7100-7125 MHz bands, entities
eligible to hold licenses for cable television relay service stations
(see section 78.13 of this chapter) shall also be eligible to hold
licenses for low power auxiliary stations.
* * * * *
0
12. Section 74.851 is amended by revising the section heading and
paragraph (i) and adding paragraphs (j), (k), and (l) to read as
follows:
Sec. 74.851 Certification of equipment; prohibition on manufacture,
import, sale, lease, offer for sale or lease, or shipment of devices
that operate in the 700 MHz Band or the 600 MHz Band; labeling for 700
MHz or 600 MHz band equipment destined for non-U.S. markets;
disclosures.
* * * * *
(i) Nine months after the release of the Commission's Channel
Reassignment Public Notice issued pursuant to Expanding the Economic
and Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions,
Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12-268, 29 FCC Rcd 6567 (2014),
applications for certification shall no longer be accepted for low
power auxiliary stations or wireless video assist devices that are
capable of operating in the 600 MHz service band or the 600 MHz guard
bands, or for low power auxiliary stations that are capable of
operating in the 600 MHz duplex gap unless the operations are limited
to the four megahertz segment from one to five megahertz above the
lower edge of the 600 MHz duplex gap.
(j) Eighteen months after the release of the Commission's Channel
Reassignment Public Notice issued pursuant to Expanding the Economic
and Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions,
Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12-268, 29 FCC Rcd 6567 (2014), no
person shall manufacture, import, sell, lease, offer for sale or lease,
or ship low power auxiliary stations or wireless video assist devices
that are capable of operating in the 600 MHz service band or the 600
MHz guard bands, or low power auxiliary stations that are capable of
operating in the 600 MHz duplex gap unless the operations are limited
to the four megahertz segment from one to five megahertz above the
lower edge of the 600 MHz duplex gap. This prohibition does not apply
to devices manufactured solely for export.
(k) Eighteen months after the release of the Commission's Channel
Reassignment Public Notice issued pursuant to Expanding the Economic
and Innovation Opportunities of Spectrum Through Incentive Auctions,
Report and Order, GN Docket No. 12-268, 29 FCC Rcd 6567 (2014), any
person who manufactures, sells, leases, or offers for sale or lease low
power auxiliary stations or wireless video assist devices that are
destined for non-U.S. markets and that are capable of operating in the
600 MHz service band or the 600 MHz guard bands, or low power auxiliary
stations that are capable of operating in the 600 MHz duplex gap unless
such operations are limited to the four megahertz segment from one to
five megahertz above the lower edge of the 600 MHz duplex gap, shall
include labeling and make clear in all sales, marketing, and packaging
materials, including online materials, relating to such devices that
the devices cannot be operated in the United States.
(l) Disclosure requirements for low power auxiliary station and
wireless video assist devices capable of operating in the 600 MHz
service band. Any person who manufactures, sells, leases, or offers for
sale or lease low power auxiliary stations or wireless video assist
devices that are capable of operating in the 600 MHz service band three
months following issuance of the
[[Page 71730]]
Channel Reassignment Public Notice, as defined in section 73.3700(a)(2)
of this chapter, is subject to the following disclosure requirements:
(1) Such persons must display the consumer disclosure text, as
specified by the Consumer and Governmental Affairs Bureau, at the point
of sale or lease of each such low power auxiliary station or wireless
video assist device. The text must be displayed in a clear,
conspicuous, and readily legible manner. One way to fulfill the
requirement in this section is to display the consumer disclosure text
in a prominent manner on the product box by using a label (either
printed onto the box or otherwise affixed to the box), a sticker, or
other means. Another way to fulfill this requirement is to display the
text immediately adjacent to each low power auxiliary station or
wireless video assist device offered for sale or lease and clearly
associated with the model to which it pertains.
(2) If such persons offer such low power auxiliary stations or
wireless video assist device via direct mail, catalog, or electronic
means, they shall prominently display the consumer disclosure text in
close proximity to the images and descriptions of each such low power
auxiliary station or wireless video assist device. The text should be
in a size large enough to be clear, conspicuous, and readily legible,
consistent with the dimensions of the advertisement or description.
(3) If such persons have Web sites pertaining to these low power
auxiliary stations or wireless video assist devices, the consumer
disclosure text must be displayed there in a clear, conspicuous, and
readily legible manner (even in the event such persons do not sell low
power auxiliary stations or wireless video assist devices directly to
the public).
(4) The consumer disclosure text described in paragraph (l)(1) of
this section is set forth as an appendix to this section.
* * * * *
0
13. Section 74.861 is amended by revising paragraphs (d)(1) through
(3), adding paragraph (d)(4), revising (e)(1)(i) and (ii), and adding
paragraphs (e)(7) and (i) to read as follows:
Sec. 74.861 Technical requirements.
* * * * *
(d) * * *
(1) For all bands except the 1435-1525 MHz band, the maximum
transmitter power which will be authorized is 1 watt. In the 1435-1525
MHz band, the maximum transmitter power which will be authorized is 250
milliwatts. Licensees may accept the manufacturer's power rating;
however, it is the licensee's responsibility to observe specified power
limits.
(2) If a low power auxiliary station employs amplitude modulation,
modulation shall not exceed 100 percent on positive or negative peaks.
(3) For the 26.1-26.480 MHz, 161.625-161.775 MHz, 450-451 MHz, and
455-456 MHz bands, the occupied bandwidth shall not be greater than
that necessary for satisfactory transmission and, in any event, an
emission appearing on any discrete frequency outside the authorized
band shall be attenuated, at least, 43+10 log\10\ (mean output power,
in watts) dB below the mean output power of the transmitting unit. The
requirements of this paragraph shall also apply to the applications for
certification of equipment for the 944-952 MHz band until nine months
after release of the Commission's Channel Reassignment Public Notice,
as defined in section 73.3700(a)(2) of this chapter.
(4)(i) For the 941.5-952 MHz, 952.850-956.250 MHz, 956.45-959.85
MHz, 1435-1525 MHz, 6875-6900 MHz and 7100-7125 MHz bands, analog
emissions within the band from one megahertz below to one megahertz
above the carrier frequency shall comply with the emission mask in
Section 8.3.1.2 of the European Telecommunications Institute Standard
ETSI EN 300 422-1 v1.4.2 (2011-08),. Beyond one megahertz below and
above the carrier frequency, emissions shall be attenuated 90 dB below
the level of the unmodulated carrier.
(ii) For the 941.5-952 MHz, 952.850-956.250 MHz, 956.45-959.85 MHz,
and 1435-1525 MHz bands, digital emissions within the band from one
megahertz below to one megahertz above the carrier frequency shall
comply with the emission mask in Section 8.3.2.2 (Figure 4) of the
European Telecommunications Institute Standard ETSI EN 300 422-1 v1.4.2
(2011-08. Beyond one megahertz below and above the carrier frequency,
emissions shall be attenuated 90 dB below the level of the unmodulated
carrier.
(iii) In the 6875-6900 MHz and 7100-7125 MHz bands, digital
emissions within the band from one megahertz below to one megahertz
above the carrier frequency shall comply with the emission mask in
Section 8.3.2.2 (Figure 5) of the European Telecommunications Institute
Standard ETSI EN 300 422-1 v1.4.2 (2011-08). Beyond one megahertz below
and above the carrier frequency, emissions shall be attenuated 90 dB
below the level of the unmodulated carrier.
(iv) For the 944-952 MHz band, the requirements of this paragraph
(d)(4) shall not apply to the applications for certification of
equipment for that band until nine months after release of the
Commission's Channel Reassignment Public Notice, as defined in section
73.3700(a)(2) of this chapter.
(e) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) 54-72, 76-88, and 174-216 MHz bands: 50 mW EIRP
(ii) 470-608 and 614-698: 250 mW conducted power
* * * * *
(7) Analog emissions within the band from one megahertz below to
one megahertz above the carrier frequency shall comply with the
emission mask in Section 8.3.1.2 of the European Telecommunications
Institute Standard ETSI EN 300 422-1 v1.4.2 (2011-08). Digital
emissions within the band from one megahertz below to one megahertz
above the carrier frequency shall comply with the emission mask in
Section 8.3.2.2 (Figure 4) of the European Telecommunications Institute
Standard ETSI EN 300 422-1 v1.4.2 (2011-08). Beyond one megahertz below
and above the carrier frequency, emissions shall be attenuated 90 dB
below the level of the unmodulated carrier. The requirements of this
paragraph (e)(7) shall not apply to applications for certification of
equipment in these bands until nine months after release of the
Commission's Channel Reassignment Public Notice, as defined in Sec.
73.3700(a)(2) of this chapter.
* * * * *
(i) The materials listed in this section are incorporated by
reference in this part. These incorporations by reference were approved
by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C.
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. These materials are incorporated as they
exist on the date of the approval, and notice of any change in these
materials will be published in the Federal Register. All approved
material is available for inspection at the Federal Communications
Commission, 445 12th St. SW., Reference Information Center, Room CY-
A257, Washington, DC 20554, (202) 418-0270 and is available from the
sources below. It is also available for inspection at the National
Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the
availability of this material at NARA, call (202) 741-6030, or go to:
https://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.
(1) European Telecommunications Standards Institute, 650 Route des
[[Page 71731]]
Lucioles, 06921 Sophia Antipolis Cedex, France. A copy of the standard
is also available at https://www.etsi.org/deliver/etsi_en/300400_300499/30042201/01.03.02_60/en_30042201v010302p.pdf.
(i) ETSI EN 300 422-1 V1.4.2 (2011-08): ``Electromagnetic
compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in
the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range; Part 1: Technical characteristics
and methods of measurement,'' Copyright 2011, IBR approved for section
15.236(g).
(ii) [Reserved]
(2) [Reserved].
PART 87--AVIATION SERVICES
0
14. The authority citation for part 87 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 303 and 307(e), unless otherwise
noted.
0
15. Section 87.303 is amended by revising paragraph (d)(1) to read as
follows:
Sec. 87.303 Frequencies
* * * * *
(d)(1) Frequencies in the band 1435-1525 MHz are also available for
low power auxiliary station use on a secondary basis.
* * * * *
PART 90--PRIVATE LAND MOBILE RADIO SERVICES
0
16. The authority citation for part 90 continues to read as follows:
Authority: Sections 4(i), 11, 303(g), 303(r), and 332(c)(7) of
the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 154(i), 161,
303(g), 303(r), and 332(c)(7), and Title VI of the Middle Class Tax
Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012, Pub. L. 112-96, 126 Stat. 156.
0
17. Section 90.265 is amended by revising paragraph (b) introductory
text and (b)(1) and (3) and adding paragraph (f) to read as follows:
Sec. 90.265 Assignment and use of frequencies in the bands allocated
for Federal use.
* * * * *
(b) The following frequencies are available for wireless microphone
operations to eligibles in this part, subject to the provisions of this
paragraph:
Frequencies (MHz)
169.445
169.475
169.505
170.245
170.275
170.305
171.045
171.075
171.105
171.845
171.875
171.905
(1) On center frequencies 169.475 MHz, 170.275 MHz, 171.075 MHz,
and 171.875 MHz, the emission bandwidth shall not exceed 200 kHz. On
the other center frequencies listed in this paragraph (b), the emission
bandwidth shall not exceed 54 kHz.
* * * * *
(3) For emissions with a bandwidth not exceeding 54 kHz, the
frequency stability of wireless microphones shall limit the total
emission to within 32.5 kHz of the assigned frequency.
Emissions with a bandwidth exceeding 54 kHz shall comply with the
emission mask in Section 8.3 of ETSI EN 300 422-1 v1.4.2 (2011-08).
* * * * *
(f) The materials listed in this section are incorporated by
reference in this part. These incorporations by reference were approved
by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C.
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. These materials are incorporated as they
exist on the date of the approval, and notice of any change in these
materials will be published in the Federal Register. All approved
material is available for inspection at the Federal Communications
Commission, 445 12th St. SW., Reference Information Center, Room CY-
A257, Washington, DC 20554, (202) 418-0270 and is available from the
sources below. It is also available for inspection at the National
Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the
availability of this material at NARA, call (202) 741-6030, or go to:
https://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.
(1) European Telecommunications Standards Institute, 650 Route des
Lucioles, 06921 Sophia Antipolis Cedex, France. A copy of the standard
is also available at https://www.etsi.org/deliver/etsi_en/300400_300499/30042201/01.03.02_60/en_30042201v010302p.pdf.
(i) ETSI EN 300 422-1 V1.4.2 (2011-08): ``Electromagnetic
compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wireless microphones in
the 25 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range; Part 1: Technical characteristics
and methods of measurement,'' Copyright 2011, IBR approved for section
15.236(g).
(ii) [Reserved]
(2) [Reserved]
[FR Doc. 2015-28778 Filed 11-16-15; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712-01-P